0% found this document useful (0 votes)
72 views221 pages

2022 - 2005 Mathematics Advanced HSC

Uploaded by

hind-glitter-0g
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
72 views221 pages

2022 - 2005 Mathematics Advanced HSC

Uploaded by

hind-glitter-0g
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 221

Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.

au page 1

MATHEMATICS ADVANCED v2023

HSC Exam* Questions by Topic Licensed


from NESA
2022 - 2005
Complete
Year 11 Course Year 12 Course Papers

Functions Functions 2022 HSC


2021 HSC
F1.1 Algebraic techniques F2 Graphing techniques 2020 HSC

F1.2 Introduction to functions Trigonometric Functions 2020 NESA Sample


F1.3 Linear, quadratic & cubic functions T3 Trig functions and graphs Question
Difficulty
F1.4 Further functions & relations Calculus Easy
Trigonometric Functions C2.1 Diff of trig, exp & log fns
T1.1 Trigonometry C2.2 Rules of differentiation Mid-range

T1.2 Radians C3.1 The first & second derivs


Difficult
T2 Trigonometric functions & identities C3.2 Applications of the deriv
Calculus C4.1 The anti-derivative
C1.1 Gradients of tangents C4.2 Areas & the definite integral
C1.2 Difference quotients Financial Mathematics
C1.3 The derivative function & its graph M1.1 Modelling investments & loans
C1.4 Calculating with derivatives M1.2 Arithmetic sequences & series
Exponential & Logarithmic Functions M1.3 Geometric sequences & series
E1.1 Introducing logarithms M1.4 Financial apps of sequences & series
E1.2 Logarithmic laws & applications Statistical Analysis
E1.3 Exponential function & natural logs S2.1 Data and summary statistics
E1.4 Graphs & apps of exp & log functions S2.2 Bivariate data analysis
Statistical Analysis S3.1 Continuous random variables
S1.1 Probability & Venn diagrams S3.2 The normal distribution
S1.2 Discrete probability distributions

Mathematics Advanced, Ext 1, Ext 2 Reference Sheet (2022 HSC)


Questions by Topic from …
HSC Examination Papers Mathematics
• 2022 – 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC and 2019 – 2005 Mathematics HSC Advanced (2020 - 2022), Mathematics
Standard 2 (2019 - 2022), Mathematics
• NESA Sample Examination Paper [MA SP] and other examination questions [MA SQ] General 2 (2018); Mathematics (2018,
2019), Mathematics Extension 1 (2018-
• Selected NESA Topic Guidance questions [TG]
2022) © NSW Education Standards
• Selected NESA Maths Stand 2 Sample exam questions [MS SQ] (common topics) Authority for and on behalf of the Crown
in right of the state of New South Wales.
• Selected Qs from 2022 – 2005 Maths Extension 1 and 2022 – 2005 Maths Stand 2/General HSCs
• NESA’s Mathematics Standard 2 Sample exam questions [MS SQ]
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 2

Year 11: Functions


F1.1 Algebraic techniques Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 11 x −1 2 Solution
Solve x + = 9.
MA 2
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

TG 1 Simplify Solution

3
x
(a)   ÷ (x2y–3)
y
1 5
(b) x 3 × x 3
(c) 3 2 + 5 18
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions

TG 2 5 3
Solution
Express with a rational denominator.
4 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 3 1 Solution
If = (x + a)m, write down the value of m.
(x + a)
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 4 Simplify the following: Solution

x x +1
(a) –
3 5
1 1
(b) +
x y
x 2 + 3x + 2
(c)
x +2
3m − 6m2 8m
(d) ×
4 2
m − 2m
x +1 2x + 1
(e) –
x 3x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 3

TG 5 Working alone, worker A can complete a task in a hours, and worker B can complete Solution

1
the same task in b hours. This means that A can complete of the task in one hour.
a
(a) Write an algebraic expression for the fraction of the task that could be completed
in one hour if A and B work together.
(b) What does the reciprocal of this fraction represent?
NENESA Mathematics Advanced SA Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 6 A thin lens has focal length p, while another thin lens has a focal length q. The lenses Solution

are separated by a distance d. Find their combined focal length, which is given by the
1 1 d
reciprocal of ( + – ).
p q pq
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 7 The average cost per unit for the production of x units is given as Solution

Average Cost = Total cost ÷ x.


A company producing a certain product finds that the average cost of production is
6000
given by + 65 + 0.1x where x is the number of units of the product.
x
(a) Write this expression as a single fraction.
(b) Find an expression for the total cost for the production of x units by the company.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
19 3 2
a a −3
1 Solution
What is the value of p so that = ap?
M a
3 1
A. –3 B. − C. − D. 12
2 2
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 11 3 2 Solution
Rationalise the denominator of .
M a 3+ 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 11 2 2 Solution
Rationalise the denominator of .
M a 5 −1
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 11 8 2 Solution
Express with a rational denominator.
M c 2+ 7
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11 1 2 Solution
Rationalise the denominator of .
M a 5 −2
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 1 What are the solutions of 2x2 – 5x – 1 = 0? 1 Solution

M −5  17 5  17 −5  33 5  33
(A) x = (B) x = (C) x = (D) x =
4 4 4 4
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 2 1 1 Solution
Which of the following is equal to ?
M 2 5− 3
2 5− 3 2 5+ 3 2 5− 3 2 5+ 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 17 17
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 4

11 1b n 2 − 25 1 Solution

M Simplify .
n−5
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 1f 4 2 Solution
Rationalise the denominator of . Give your answer in the simplest form.
M 5− 3
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 9d 1 Solution
(i) Rationalise the denominator in the expression , 1
M n + n +1
where n is an integer and n  1.
(ii) Using your result from part (i), or otherwise, find the value of the sum 2
1 1 1 1
+ + +…+ .
1+ 2 2 + 3 3+ 4 99 + 100
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 1a Solve x2 = 4x. 2 Solution

M NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


10 1b 2 Solution
1
Find integers a and b such that =a+b 5.
M 5 −2
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 1b 5x − 4 2 Solution
Solve = 2.
M x
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 1c 2 1 2 Solution
Simplify – .
M n n +1
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 1e Expand and simplify ( 3 – 1)(2 3 + 5). 2 Solution

M NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


07 1c 1 2 Solution
Rationalise the denominator of .
M 3 −1
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 1d (2 x − 3) (x − 1) 2 Solution
Express – as a single fraction in its simplest form.
M 2 5
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 5

Year 11: Functions


F1.2 Introduction to functions Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

20 1 Which inequality gives the domain of 2x − 3 ? 1 Solution

MA
3 3 3 3
A. x < B. x > C. x  D. x 
2 2 2 2
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 1 What type of relation is shown? 1 Solution


Band
SP
2-3

A. Many-to-many B. One-to-many C. One-to-one D. Many-to-one


NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 17 Given the function f(x) = x2 + 2 and g(x) = x − 6 , sketch y = f(g(x)) over its 2 Solution
Band
SP natural domain.
4-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 6

MA 28 The graph of a function 2 Solution


Band
SP f(x) is shown.
3-4

It has an asymptote at
y = 2.

Using interval notation,


state the domain and
range of f(x).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


2
TG 1 The function g(m) = m has the given domain 1  m  7. Solution

What is the range?


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 2 Sketch the graph of a relation that is not a function. Solution
NENESA Mathematics Advanced SA Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 3 Find the domain and range of the functions: Solution

(a) f(x) = (x − 4)
(b) g(t) = t2 + 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 4 Which of the following functions are even functions? What are odd functions? Solution

Which are neither even nor odd?Justify your answers.


(a) f(x) = 4x
(b) f(x) = 2x7
(c) f(x) = x3 + 5
(d) f(x) = x3 + 3x2
(e) f(x) = x4 + 3x2
6x3
(f) f(x) =
x2 + x 4
(g) f(x) = 2x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 5 For the functions listed below, use the horizontal line test to determine which are Solution

one-to-one functions.
(a) f(x) = 4x
(b) f(x) = 2x7
(c) f(x) = x3 + 5
(d) f(x) = x3 + 3x2
(e) f(x) = x4 + 3x2
6x3
(f) f(x) =
x2 + x 4
(g) f(x) = 2x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 6 A function has a domain of –2  x  2, and a range of 1  f(x)  6. Solution

It is also known that f(x) is an even function.


Draw a possible graph of y = f(x).
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
17 11 Find the domain of the function f(x) = 3−x. 2 Solution

M h NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 7

16 4 Which diagram best shows the graph of an odd function? 1 Solution

M (A) (B) (C) (D)

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 3 1 1 Solution
Which inequality defines the domain of the function f(x) = ?
M x +3
(A) x > –3 (B) x  –3 (C) x < –3 (D) x  –3
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 1g Let f(x) = x − 8 . What is the domain of f(x)? 1 Solution

M NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 8

Year 11: Functions


F1.3 Linear, quadratic and cubic functions Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
Reference
Sheet
2

22 1 Which of the following could be the graph of y = –2x + 2? 1 Solution

MA

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 9

22 4 Which of the following is the range of the function f(x) = x2 – 1? 1 Solution

MA A. [–1,  )
B. (–  , 1]
C. [–1, 1]
D. (–  ,  )
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 8 The graph of y = f(x) is shown. 1 Solution

MA Which of the following could be the equation of


this graph?
A. y = (1 − x)(2 + x)3
B. y = (x + 1)(x − 2)3
C. y = (x + 1)(2 − x)3
D. y = (x − 1)(2 + x)3

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 35 A publisher sells a book for $10. At this price, 5000 copies of the book will be sold Solution
MS and the revenue raised will be 5000 × 10 = $50 000. The publisher is considering
2
increasing the price of the book. For every dollar the price of the book is increased,
the publisher will sell 50 fewer copies of the book. If the publisher charges (10 + x)
dollars for each book, a quadratic model for the revenue raised, R, from selling the
books is R = −50x2 + 4500x + 50 000.
A graph of this quadratic model for revenue is shown. A dashed line is used for
values of x which are not relevant to the practical context of this problem.
(a) By first finding a suitable value of x, 2
find the price the publisher should
charge for each book to maximise the
revenue raised from sales of the book.
(b) Find the value of the intercept of the 1
parabola with the vertical axis.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 10

21 34 In a park the only animals are goannas 4 Solution


MS and emus.
2
Let x be the number of goannas and let
y be the number of emus.
The number of goannas plus the
number of emus in the park is 31.
Hence x + y = 31.
Each goanna has four legs and each
emu has two legs.
In total the emus and goannas have 76
legs.
By writing another relevant equation
and graphing both equations on the
grid on the following page, find the
number of goannas and the number of
emus in the park.

20 5 Which of the following could represent the graph of y = –x2 + bx + 1, where b > 0? 1 Solution

MA

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 11

20 11 There are two tanks on a Solution

MA property, Tank A and Tank B.


Initially, Tank A holds
1000 litres of water and
Tank B is empty.
(a) Tank A begins to lose water 1
at a constant rate of 20
litres per minute.
The volume of water in
Tank A is modelled by
V = 1000 – 20t where V is
the volume in litres and t is
the time in minutes from
when the tank begins to
lose water.
On the grid below, draw the
graph of this model and
label it as Tank A.

(b) Tank B remains empty until t = 15 when water is added to it at a constant rate 2
of 30 litres per minute.
By drawing a line on the grid on the previous page, or otherwise, find the value
of t when the two tanks contain the same volume of water.
(c) Using the graphs drawn, or otherwise, find the value of t (where t > 0) when 1
the total volume of water in the two tanks is 1000 litres.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

20 19 A fence is to be built around Solution


MS the outside of a rectangular
2
paddock. An internal fence is
also to be built.
The side lengths of the
paddock are x metres and
y metres, as shown in the
diagram.
A total of 900 metres of
fencing is to be used.
Therefore 3x + 2y = 900.
The area, A, in square metres,
of the rectangular paddock is
given by A = 450x – 1.5x2.
The graph of this equation is
shown.
(a) If the area of the paddock is 30 000 m2, what is the largest possible value of x? 1
(b) Find the values of x and y so that the area of the paddock is as large as 2
possible.
(c) Using your values from part (b), find the largest possible area of the paddock. 1
NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 12

20 33 The graph shows the number of Solution

MS bacteria, y, at time n minutes.


2 Initially (when n = 0) the number of
bacteria is 1000.
(a) Find the number of bacteria at 1
40 minutes.
(b) The number of bacteria can be 2
modelled by the equation
y = A × bn, where A and b are
constants.
Use the guess and check
method to find, to two decimal
places, an upper and lower
estimate for the value of b. The
upper and lower estimates must
differ by 0.01.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 3 What is the gradient of any line perpendicular to 3x + 2y = 5? 1 Solution
Band
SP 2 2 3 3
3-4 A. B. – C. D. –
3 3 2 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 15 Two teams play a game. 3 Solution
Band
SP There are only two
3-5
possible ways to score
points: hitting the red
target or hitting the blue
target.
Hitting the red target scores R points and hitting the blue target scores B points.
The results of a game are shown.
By forming a pair of simultaneous equations, or otherwise, find the values of R
and B.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 22 A small business makes and sells bird Solution
Band
SP houses. Technology was used to draw
2-5
straight-line graphs to represent the cost
of making bird houses (C) and the revenue
19 36 from selling bird house (R). The x-axis
MS displays the number of bird houses and the
2
y-axis displays the cost/revenue in dollars.
(a) How many bird houses need to be sold 1
to break even?
(b) By first forming equations for cost (C) 3
and revenue (R), determine how many
bird houses need to be sold to earn a
profit of $1900.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 13

MA 1 A computer application was used to 1 Solution


Band
SQ draw the graphs of the equations
2019 2-3
x + y = 5 and x – y = 5.
Part of the screen is shown.
Which row of the table correctly
matches the equations with the lines
drawn and identifies the solution
when the equations are solved
simultaneously?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)


TG 1 The income from selling raffle tickets for Joan’s club varies directly with the number Solution

of tickets sold.
If Joan has collected $75 from the sale of 30 tickets, how much would she collect
from the sale of 50 tickets?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 2 Find the equation of the line that has a gradient of 3 and passes through the point Solution

(2, –5) and hence determine if the point (5, 8) lies on the line?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 3 Find the equation of the line that passes through the points (–2, 4) and (1, 12). Solution
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 4 Find the equation of the line that is parallel to the line 2x + 6y – 7 = 0 and crosses Solution

the x-axis at x = 3.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 5 Sketch the graph of the parabola y = x2 – 4x – 5, indicating the coordinates of the Solution

vertex and the intercepts on the axes.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 6 Find the maximum value of y given y = 8 + 2x – x2. Solution
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 7 Show that the four points (0, 0), (2, 1), (3, –1), (1, –2) are the corners of a Solution

square.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 8 Given that A, B and C are the points (–1, –2), (2, 5) and (4, 1) respectively, find D Solution

so that ABCD is a parallelogram.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 9 Find the coordinates of the point A on the line x = –3, such that the line joining A to Solution

B(3, 5) is perpendicular to the line 2x + 5y = 12.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 10 Find the range of values of k for which the expression x2 – 2x + (3 – 2k) is always Solution

positive.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 11 It is estimated that a certain river can sustain 80 000 fish if there is no pollution, Solution

and that for each tonne of pollution in the river, 2500 fewer fish can be supported.
Assuming a linear relationship, write an equation linking the number of fish (y) and
the number of tonnes of pollution (x) and represent this relationship graphically.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 14

TG 12 Peter owns a publishing company and sells calendars for $30 each. Solution

The cost of producing these calendars includes a set-up cost of $5000 and additional
costs of $5 per calendar.
What is his break-even point?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 13 Margaret is obtaining quotes for a celebration. Solution

Caterer A charges $500 plus $20 per guest, while Caterer B charges $200 plus $80
per guest.
Represent these costs both algebraically and graphically and describe how the prices
of the two companies compare.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 14 Shalma uses a straight-line depreciation model of 9% of the original price per Solution

annum to depreciate the cost of furniture originally values at $4000.


Construct a function to represent the value of the furniture after x years, and state
the domain and range of the function.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
MS AL A gardener has created a rectangular garden 1 Solution

SQ 10 bed with 24 metres of fencing, using a wall


as one side of its bed. The plan for the
garden bed is shown, where w metres is the
width. Which equation gives the area, A, of
the garden bed?
A. A = 12w – w2 B. A = 12w – 2w2
C. A = 24w – w 2
D. A = 24w – 2w2 NOT TO SCALE
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS AL A student is investigating Solution

SQ 21 stopping distances for a car


travelling at different speeds.
To model this, the student
uses the equation
d = 0.01s2 + 0.7s, where
d is the stopping distance in
metres and s is the speed of
the car in km/h. The graph of
this equation is drawn.
(a) The student knows that 1
only part of this curve
applies to the model for
stopping distances. On the
graph drawn, show or
highlight clearly the part of
this curve that applies for
stopping distances.
(b) What is the difference between the stopping distances when travelling at a 1
speed of 40 km/h and when travelling at a speed of 70 km/h?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
19 12 The line , with equation x − 2y + 4 = 0, Solution

M a passes through the point A(8, 6) and


intersects the x-axis at the point B.
The line through A perpendicular to
intersects the x-axis at the point C.
(i) Find the equation of the line AC. 2
(ii) Find the area of triangle ABC. 2

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 15

19 14 Last Saturday, Luke had 165 followers on social media. Rhys had 537 followers. 1 Solution
MS On average, Luke gains another 3 followers per day and Rhys loses 2 followers
2
per day.
If x represents the number of days since last Saturday and y represents the
number of followers, which pair of equations model this situation?
A. Luke: y = 165x + 3 B. Luke: y = 165 + 3x
Rhys: y = 537x – 2 Rhys: y = 537 – 2x
C. Luke: y = 3x + 165 D. Luke: y = 3 + 165x
Rhys: y = 2x – 537 Rhys: y = 2 – 537x
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
19 31 A rectangle has width w centimetres. Solution
MS The area of the rectangle, A, in
2
square centimetres, is A = 2w2 + 5w.
The graph of A = 2w2 + 5w is shown.
(a) Explain why, in this context, the 1
model A = 2w2 + 5w only makes
sense for the bold section of the
graph.
(b) The area of the rectangle is 2
18 cm2.
Calculate the perimeter of the
rectangle.

NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination


19 34 The relationship between British Solution
MS2 pounds (p) and Australian dollars (d)
on a particular day is shown in the
graph.
(a) Write the direct variation 1
equation British pounds to
Australian dollars in the form
p = md. Leave m as a fraction
(b) The relationship between 2
Japanese yen (y) and Australian
dollars on the same day is given
by the equation y = 76d.
Convert 93 100 Japanese yen to
British pounds.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 16

SQ AL A student is investigating Solution


MS 21 stopping distances for a car
2
travelling at different speeds.
To model this, the student
09 28 uses the equation
MG a d = 0.01s2 + 0.7s, where
d is the stopping distance in
metres and s is the speed of
the car in km/h. The graph of
this equation is drawn.
(a) The student knows that 1
only part of this curve applies
to the model for stopping
distances. On the graph
drawn, show or highlight
clearly the part of this curve
that applies for stopping
distances.
(b) What is the difference between the stopping distances when travelling at a 1
speed of 40 km/h and when travelling at a speed of 70 km/h?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
NESA 2009 Mathematics General HSC Examination
SQ AL Lucy throws a ball vertically into the air. 2 Solution
MS 22 The graph shows the height of the ball above
2 Not to
the ground at time t seconds.
scale
How far has the ball travelled by the time it
hits the ground?

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


18 3 What is the x-intercept of the line x + 3y + 6 = 0? 1 Solution

M A. (–6, 0) B. (6, 0) C. (0, –2) D. (0, 2)


NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 1 What is the gradient of 2x + 3y + 4 = 0? 1 Solution

M 2 2 3 3
(A) − (B) (C) − (D)
3 3 2 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 17

17 28 A movie theatre has 200 Solution

MG e seats. Each ticket currently


costs $8. The theatre owners
are currently selling all
200 tickets for each session.
They decide to increase the
price of tickets to see if they
can increase the income
earned from each movie
session. It is assumed that for
one dollar increase in ticket
price, there will be 10 fewer
tickets sold. A graph showing
the relationship between an
increase in ticket prices and
the income is shown.
(i) What ticket price should be 1
charged to maximise the
income from a movie session?
(ii) What is the number of 1
tickets sold when the income is maximised?
(iii) The cost to the theatre owners of running each session is $500 plus $2 per 2
ticket sold. Calculate the profit earned by the theatre owners when the income
from a session is maximized.
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 11 Find the points of intersection of y = –5 – 4x and y = 3 – 2x – x2. 3 Solution

M e NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 12 The diagram shows points A(1, 0), Solution

M a B(2, 4) and C(6, 1). The point D lies


on BC such that AD ⊥ BC.
(i) Show that the equation of NOT TO SCALE 2
BC
is 3x + 4y – 22 = 0.
(ii) and (iii) not in Maths Adv course

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


15 2 What is the slope of the line with equation 2x − 4y + 3 = 0? 1 Solution

M 1 1
(A) –2 (B) − (C) (D) 2
2 2
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 18

15 12 The diagram shows the rhombus OABC. The Solution

M b diagonal from the point A(7, 11) to the point C


lies on the line  1 . The other diagonal, from
the origin O to the point B, lies on the line  2
x
which has equation y = − .
3
(i) Show that the equation of the line  1 is 2
y = 3x – 10.
(ii) The lines  1 and  2 intersect at the 2
point D. Find the coordinates of D.
Not to scale

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination


15 12 For what values of k does the quadratic equation x2 – 8x + k = 0 have real roots? 2 Solution

M d NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination


15 28f A charity seeks to raise Solution

MG money by telephoning
people at random from a
call centre and asking
them to donate. Over the
years, this charity has
found that the amount of
money raised ($A) is
related to the number of
telephone calls made (n).
A graph of this
relationship is shown.
It costs the charity
$2100 per week to run
the call centre. It also
costs an average of 50
cents per telephone call.
(i) Write an equation to represent the total cost, C, of running the call centre 1
for a week in which n phone calls are made.
(ii) By graphing this equation on the axes above, determine the number of 2
phone calls the charity needs to make in order to break even?
NESA 2015 Mathematics General HSC Examination
2
14 2 Which graph best represents y = (x – 1) ? 1 Solution

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 5 Which equation represents the line perpendicular to 2x – 3y = 8, passing through 1 Solution

M the point (2, 0)?


(A) 3x + 2y = 4 (B) 3x + 2y = 6 (C) 3x – 2y = –4 (D) 3x – 2y = 6
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 19

14 12 The points A(0, 4), B(3, 0) and Solution

M b C(6, 1) form a triangle, as shown in


the diagram.
(i) Show that the equation of NOT TO SCALE 2
AC is x + 2y – 8 = 0.
(ii) and (iii) not in Maths Adv course

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 2 The diagram shows the line  . What is the slope of the 1 Solution

M line  ?
(A) 3
(B) – 3
1
(C)
3
1
(D) –
3

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 12 The points A(–2, –1), B(–2, 24), C(22, 42) Solution

M b and D(22, 17) form a parallelogram as


shown. The point E(18, 39) lies on BC. The
point F is the midpoint of AD.
(i) Show that the equation of the line 2
through A and D is 3x – 4y + 2 = 0.
(ii) – (iv) not in Maths Adv course

Not to scale
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 20

13 30 Wind turbines are used to generate power. Solution

MG a In theory, the power that could be generated by a wind turbine is modelled using
the equation T = 20 000w3
where T is the theoretical power generated, in watts
w is the speed of the wind, in metres per second.
(i) Using this equation, what is the theoretical power generated by a wind 1
turbine of the wind speed is 7.3 m/s?
(ii) In practice, the actual power generated by a wind turbine is only 40% of 1
the theoretical power. If A is the actual power generated, in watts, write an
equation for A in terms of w.
The graph shows both the theoretical power generated and the actual power
generated by a particular wind turbine.
(iii) Using the graph, or 1
otherwise, find the
difference between the
theoretical power and
the actual power
generated when the
wind speed is 9 m/s.
(iv) A particular farm 1
requires at least 4.4
million watts of actual
power to be self-
sufficient. What is
the minimum wind
speed required for the
farm to be self-
sufficient?
(v) A more accurate formula to calculate the power (P) generated by a wind 3
turbine is P = 0.61 ×  × r2 × w3
where r is the length of each blade, in metres
w is the speed of the wind, in metres per second.
Each blade of a particular wind turbine has a length of 43 metres.
The turbine operates at a wind speed of 8 m/s. Using the formula above, if
the wind speed increased by 10%, what would be the percentage increase
in the power generated by this wind turbine?
NESA 2013 Mathematics General HSC Examination
12 13 The diagram shows a triangle ABC. The line Solution

M a 2x + y = 8 meets the x and y axes at the


points A and B respectively. The point C has
coordinates (7, 4).
(i) Calculate the distance AB. 2
(ii) It is known that AC = 5 and 2
BC = 65 . (Do NOT prove this.)
Calculate the size of  ABC to the
nearest degree.
(iii) The point N lies on AB such that CN 3
is perpendicular to AB. Find the
coordinates of N.

NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 21

12 30 A golf ball is hit from point A to Solution

MG b point B, which is on the ground


as shown. Point A is 30 metre
above the ground and the
horizontal distance from point A
to point B is 300 m. The path of
the ball is modelled using the
equation
h = 30 + 0.2d – 0.001d2 where
h is the height of the golf ball
above the ground in metres,
and d is the horizontal distance
of the golf ball from point A in
metres.

The graph of this equation is


drawn opposite.
(i) What is the maximum 1
height the ball
reaches above the
ground?
(ii) There are two 1
occasions when the golf
ball is at a height of 35
metres. What horizontal
distance does the ball
travel in the period
between these two
occasions?

(iii) What is the height of the ball above the ground when it still has to travel a 1
horizontal distance of 50 metres to hit the ground at point B?
(iv) Only part of the graph applies to this model. Find all values of d that are 2
not suitable to use with this model, and explain why these values are not
suitable.
NESA 2012 Mathematics General HSC Examination
11 3c The diagram shows a line  1 , with Solution

M equation 3x + 4y – 12 = 0, which
intersects the y-axis at B. A second
line  2 , with equation 4x – 3y = 0,
passes through the origin O and
intersects  1 at E.
(i) Show that the co-ordinates of 1
B are (0, 3)
(ii) Show that  1 is 2
perpendicular to  2 .
(iii) – (v) Not in Maths Adv course
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 22

10 3a In the diagram, A, B and C are the points Solution

M (–2, –4), (12, 6) and (6, 8) respectively.


The point N(2, 2) is the midpoint of AC. The
point M is the midpoint of AB.
(i) Find the coordinates of M. 1
(ii) Find the gradient of BC. 1
(iii) Prove that ABC is similar to AMN.
(iii) Not in Maths Adv course
(iv) Find the equation of MN. 2
(v) Find the exact length of BC. 1
(vi) Given that the area of ABC is 1
44 square units, find the
perpendicular distance from A to BC.
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 3b The circle in the diagram has centre N. Solution

M The line LM is tangent to the circle at P.


(i) Find the equation of LM is in the 2
form ax + by + c = 0.
(ii), (iii) Not in Maths Adv course

NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 4b Find the values of k for which the quadratic equation 3 Solution

M x2 – (k + 4)x + (k + 7) = 0 has equal roots.


NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 5a In the diagram, the points A and C lie on the Solution

M y-axis and the point B lies on the x-axis. The


line AB has equation y = 3 x − 3.
The line BC is perpendicular to AB.

(i) Find the equation of the line BC. 2

(ii) Find the area of the triangle ABC. 2

NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 2b Let M be the midpoint of (–1,4) and (5,8). 2 Solution

M 1
Find the equation of the line through M with gradient − .
2
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 23

08 3a In the diagram ABCD is a quadrilateral. The Solution

M equation of the line AD is 2x – y – 1 = 0.


(i) Show that ABCD is a trapezium by showing 2
BC is parallel to AD.
(ii) The line CD is parallel to the 1
x-axis. Find the co-ordinates of D.
(iii) – (v) Not in Maths Adv course

NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


07 1f Find the equation of the line that passes through the point (−1, 3) and is 2 Solution

M perpendicular to 2x + y + 4= 0.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 27 A rectangular playing surface is to be Solution

MG a constructed so that the length is


6 metres more than the width.
(i) Give an example of a length 1
and width that would be
possible for this playing
surface.
(ii) Write an equation for the area 1
(A) of the playing surface in
terms of its length (l). A graph
comparing the area of the
playing surface to its length is
shown.
(iii) Why are lengths of 0 metres 1
to 6 metres impossible?
(iv) What would be the dimensions 2
of the playing surface if it had
an area of 135 m2?
Company A constructs playing
surfaces
(v) Draw a graph to represent the 2
cost of using Company A to
construct all playing surface
sizes up to and including
07 27 200 m2. Use the horizontal axis to represent the area and the vertical axis
ax to represent the cost.
(vi) Company B charges a rate of $360 per square metre regardless of size. 1
Which company would charge less to construct a playing surface with an
area of 135 m2? Justify your answer with suitable calculations
NESA 2007 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 24

06 3a In the diagram, A, B and C are the points Solution

M (1, 4), (5, –4) and (–3, –1) respectively.


The line AB meets the y-axis at D.
(i) Show that the equation of the 2
line AB is 2x + y – 6 = 0.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point D. 1
(iii), (iv) Not in Maths Adv course

NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination


05 3c In the diagram, A, B and C are the points Solution

M (6, 0), (9, 0) and (12, 6) respectively. The


equation of the line OC is x – 2y = 0. The
point D on OC is chosen so that AD is parallel
to BC. The point E on BC is chosen so that DE
is parallel to the x-axis.
(i) Show that the equation of the line AD 2
is y = 2x – 12
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point D. 2
(iii) Find the coordinates of the point E. 1
(iv), (v) Not in Maths Adv course
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 25

Year 11: Functions


F1.4 Further functions and relations Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 26

22 10 The graphs of y = f(x) and y = g(x) are shown. 1 Solution

MA

Which graph best represents y = g(f(x))?


A. B.

C. D.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 27

22 12 A student believes that the time it takes for an ice cube to melt (M minutes) varies Solution

MA inversely with the room temperature (T°C).


The student observes that at a room temperature of 15°C it takes 12 minutes for an
ice cube to melt.
(a) Find the equation relating M and T. 2
(b) By first completing this table of 2
values, graph the relationship
between temperature and time from
T = 5°C to T = 30°C.

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

MA 6 What are the values of x for which |3 – 4x| = 4? 1 Solution


Band
SP 7 1 7 1
4-5 A. x = – and x = – B. x = – and x =
4 4 4 4
7 1 7 1
C. x = and x = – D. x = and x =
4 4 4 4
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 25 A circle is given by the equation x2 + y2 + 4x – 10y = –16. 2 Solution
Band
SP Find the centre and radius of this circle.
3-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
TG 1 Solve: Solution

(a) |5x| = 12
(b) Solve |5x + 1| = 6
(c) Find the values of t for which |t|  2 and plot the solution on a number line.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 2 Sketch the graph of the function f(x) = (x – 1)3(x + 2), identifying all important Solution

features.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 3 1 Solution
Sketch the graph of y = , identifying any asymptotes and any intercepts on the
x −3
axes.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 4 Fred has made an electrical circuit in which the current varies inversely with the Solution

resistance.
When the resistance is 10 units, the current is 8.6 units.
What is the current when the resistance is 12 units?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 5 Hussein finds that for a certain species of fish the mass of a fish is directly Solution

proportional to the cube of the length of the fish.


For this species, if a fish of length 25 cm has a mass of 870 g, what is the length of
a fish that has a mass of 1.3 kg?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 28

TG 6 The damage caused by a moving car when it hits an object is called the ‘collision Solution

impact’ and is proportional to the square of the speed of the car.


What happens to the collision impact when the speed of a car is:
(a) doubled?
(b) reduced by one-third?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 7 Under certain conditions, the stopping distance of a car once the brakes are applied Solution

is directly proportional to the square of the speed at which the car is going when the
brakes are first applied. If a car travelling at 60 km/h takes 43.2 metres to stop,
how far does it take to stop if it is travelling at:
(a) 30 km/h?
(b) 67 km/h?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 8 In her assignment, Pat is representing the populations of cities using circles. The Solution

area of each circle is directly proportional to the population of the city it represents.
(a) If a city of population 20 000 is represented by a circle of radius 1.5 cm, what
would be the radius of the circle representing:
(i) City A, population 10 000?
(ii) City B, population 36 500?
(b) Would Pat be able to use a circle to represent a city of population 4 500 000?
Explain your answer.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 9 x Solution
Use a table of values to assist in explaining why the function f(x) = has only
|x|
two values in its range.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 10 Sketch the graph of: Solution

4
(a) f(x) = + 3 and g(x) = 1 + f(x)
x
(b) f(x) = |2x – 3|
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
TG 11 Simplify the expression: Solution

(a) |x| + 3x, given x < 0


(b) |x – 1| + 3, given x > 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Functions
19 13 (i) Sketch the graph of y = |x − 1| for −4  x  4 . 1 Solution

M e (ii) Using the sketch from part (i), or otherwise, solve |x − 1| = 2x + 4.


2
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination

18 4 The diagram shows the graph of 1 Solution

MX y = a(x + b)(x + c)(x + d)2.


1 What are the possible values of
a, b, c and d?
A. a = –6, b = –2, c = –1, d = 1
B. a = –6, b = 2, c = 1, d = –1
C. a = –3, b = –2, c = –1, d = 1
D. a = –3, b = 2, c = 1, d = –1
NESA 2018 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 29

18 29 When people walk in snow, the Solution

MG c depth (D cm) of each footprint


2 depends on both the area
(A cm2) of the shoe sole and
the weight of the person. The
graph shows the relationship
between the area of the shoe
sole and the depth of the
footprint in snow, for a group
of people of the same weight.
(i) The graph is a hyperbola 2
because D is inversely
proportional to A. The
point P lies on the hyperbola. Find the equation relating D and A.
(ii) A man from this group walks in snow and the depth of his footprint is 4 cm. 1
Use your equation from part (i) to calculate the area of his shoe size.
NESA 2018 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination
17 11 Solve |3x – 1| = 2. 2 Solution

M g NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination

17 30 The cost of a jewellery box varies directly with the cube of its height. 2 Solution

MG b A jewellery box with a height of 10 cm costs $50.


Calculate the cost of a jewellery box with a height of 12 cm.
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
2 2
16 11 Sketch the graph of (x – 3) + (y + 2) = 4. 2 Solution

M a NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 18 The value of E varies directly with the square of S. 1 Solution

MG It is known that E = 20 when S = 10.


What is the value of E when S = 40?
(A) 40 (B) 80 (C) 320 (D) 400
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
13 4 Which diagram best describe the graph of y = x(1 – x)3(3 – x)2? 1 Solution

MX
1

(A) (B)

(C) (D)
NESA 2013 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
12 15 The time taken to complete a journey varies inversely with the speed of a car. A car 1 Solution

MG takes 6 hours to complete a journey when travelling at 60 km/h. How long would
the same journey take if the car were travelling at 100 km/h?
(A) 36 minutes (B) 1 hour and 40 minutes
(C) 3 hours and 6 minutes (D) 3 hours and 36 minutes
NESA 2012 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 30

11 28 The air pressure, P, in a bubble varies inversely with the volume, V, of the bubble. Solution

MG a (i) Write an equation relating P, V and a, where a is a constant. 1


(ii) It is known that P = 3 when V = 2. 2
By finding the value of the constant, a, find the value of P when V = 4.
(iii) Sketch the graph to show how P varies for different values of V. Use the 2
horizontal axis to represent volume and the vertical axis to represent air
pressure.
NESA 2011 Mathematics General HSC Examination
10 1c Write down the equation of the circle with centre (–1, 2) and radius 5. 1 Solution

M NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


10 1d Solve |2x + 3| = 9. 2 Solution

M NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


10 13 The number of hours that it takes for a block of ice to melt varies inversely with the 1 Solution

MG temperature. At 30oC it takes 8 hours for a block of ice to melt. How long will it
take the same size block of ice to melt at 12oC?
(A) 3.2 hours (B) 20 hours (C) 26 hours (D) 45 hours
NESA 2010 Mathematics General HSC Examination
09 1c Solve |x + 1| = 5. 2 Solution

M NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 16 The time for a car to travel a certain distance varies inversely with its speed. 1 Solution

MG Which of the following graphs shows this relationship?

NESA 2009 Mathematics General HSC Examination


08 1d Solve |4x – 3| = 7. 2 Solution

M NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 19 The height of a particular termite mound is directly proportional to the square root 1 Solution

MG of the number of termites. The height of this mound is 35 cm when the number of
termites is 2000. What is the height of this mound, in centimetres, when there are
10 000 termites?
(A) 16 (B) 78 (C) 175 (D) 875
NESA 2008 Mathematics General HSC Examination
07 15 If pressure (p) varies inversely with volume (V), which formula correctly expresses 1 Solution

MG p in terms of V and k, where k is a constant?


k V
(A) p = (B) p = (C) p = kV (D) p = k + V
V k
NESA 2007 Mathematics General HSC Examination
06 1c Sketch the graph of y = |x + 4|. 2 Solution

M NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 31

Year 11: Trigonometric Functions


T1.1 Trigonometry Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

2
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
Reference
Sheet 2

22 3 A tower BT has height h metres. 1 Solution

MA From point A, the angle of elevation to the


top of the tower is 26° as shown.
Which of the following is the correct
expression for the length of AB?
A. h tan 26°
B. h cot 26°
C. h sin 26°
D. h cosec 26°
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 12 A right-angled triangle XYZ is cut out Solution

MA from a semicircle with centre O.


The length of the diameter XZ is 16
cm and YXZ = 30°, as shown on the
diagram.
(a) Find the length of XY in cm, 2
correct to two decimal places.

(b) Hence, find the area of the shaded region in square centimetres, correct to 3
one decimal place.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 32

21 18 The diagram shows a triangle ABC 3 Solution

MA where AC = 25 cm, BC = 16 cm,


BAC = 28° and angle ABC is obtuse.

Find the size of the obtuse angle ABC


correct to the nearest degree.

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 39 The diagram shows a compass radial Solution
MS survey of the field ABCD.
2
(a) Triangle COB has an area of 466 m2. 2
Find the size of acute angle COB,
correct to the nearest degree.
(b) A farmer wants to put a fence around
3
the triangle DOC.
Find the length of fencing required.
Give your answer in metres correct to
one decimal place.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination


20 15 Mr Ali, Ms Brown and a group of students were camping Solution

MA at the site located at P.


Mr Ali walked with some of the students on a bearing of Not to
035o for 7 km to location A. scale
Ms Brown, with the rest of the students, walked on a
bearing of 100o for 9 km to location B.
(a) Show that the angle APB is 65o. 1
(b) Find the distance AB. 2

(c) Find the bearing of Ms Brown’s group from Mr Ali’s group. 2


Give your answer correct to the nearest degree.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
20 22 The diagram shows a regular decagon (ten-sided shape with all 4 Solution

MA sides equal and all interior angles equal).


The decagon has centre O.
The perimeter of the shape is 80 cm.
By considering triangle OAB, calculate the area of the ten-sided
shape.
Give your answer in square centimetres, correct to one decimal
place.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 33

MA 12 The diagram shows a triangle with sides of length x 3 Solution


Band
SP cm, 11 cm and 13 cm and an angle of 80o.
2-4

Use the cosine rule to calculate the value of x,


19 17 correct to two significant figures.
MS
2

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 21 The diagram shows the distances of four towns 3 Solution
Band
SP A, B, C and D from point O.
3-5
The true bearings of towns A, B and D from point
O are also shown.
The area of the acute-angled triangle BOC is
198 cm2.
Calculate the true bearing of town C from point O,
correct to the nearest degree.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


MA 12 The diagram shows the three towns X, Y and Solution

SQ Band
Z. Town Z is due east of Town X. The NOT TO
2019 2-5 o SCALE
bearing of Town Y from Town X is N39 E and
o
the bearing of Town Z from Town Y is S51 E.
The distance between Town X and Town Y is
1330 km.
A plane flies between the three towns.
(a) Mark the given information on the 2
diagram and explain why  XYZ is 90o.
(b) Find the distance between Town X and Town Z to the nearest kilometre. 2
(c) The plane is going to fly from Town Y to Town X, stopping at Town Z on the 3
way. Leaving Town Y, the pilot incorrectly sets the bearing of Town Z to
S50oE. The pilot flies for 1650 km before realising the mistake, then changes
course and flies directly to Town X without going to Town Z.
Which is closer to Town X: Town Z or the point where the pilot changes
course? Justify your answer.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 In the diagram, OAB is a sector of the circle with Solution

centre O and radius 6 cm, where  AOB = 30o.


Determine the exact value of the area of the
triangle OAB.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


TG 2 Find the value of x in the following diagram. Solution

17 13
M a

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 34

TG 3 Chris leaves island A in a boat and sails Solution

142 km on a bearing of 078o to island B.


14 13 Chris then sails on a bearing of 191o for
M d 220 km to island C, as shown in the diagram.
(a) Show that the distance from island C to
island A is approximately 210 km.
(b) Chris wants to sail from island C directly to
island A. On what bearing should Chris
sail? Give your answer correct to the
nearest degree.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 4 Determine the possible dimensions for triangle ABC given AB = 5.4 cm,  BAC = 32o Solution

and BC = 3 cm.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 5 A person walks 2000 metres due north Solution

along a road from point A to point B.


The point A is due east of a mountain
OM, where M is the top of the
mountain. The point O is directly
below point M and is on the same
horizontal plane as the road. The
height of the mountain above point O
is h metres.
From point A, the angle of elevation to
the top of the mountain is 15o. From point B, the angle of elevation to the top of the
mountain is 13o.
Determine the height of the mountain
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 6 The Eiffel Tower is located in Paris, a city built on a flat floodplain. Three tourists Solution

A, B and C are observing the Eiffel Tower from the ground. A is due north of the
tower, C is due east of the tower, and B is on the line-of-sight from A to C and
between them. The angles of elevation to the top of the Eiffel Tower from A, B
and C are 26o, 28o and 30o, respectively. Determine the bearing of B from the
Eiffel Tower.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
MS ME Which of the following expresses S20oW as a true bearing? 1 Solution

SQ 4 A. 020o B. 070o C. 160o D. 200o


NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS ME Abbey walks 2 km due west from home to a coffee shop. 1 Solution

SQ 7 She then walks on a bearing of 148o to school, which is due south of her home.
How far south, to the nearest 0.1 km, is Abbey from home?
A. 1.1 km B. 1.2 km C. 3.2 km D. 3.8 km
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS ME Paul travels from A to B on a bearing of 1 Solution

SQ 8 150o.
He then turns and walks to C on a
bearing of 055o.
What is the size of  ABC?
A. 85o B. 90o
o
C. 95 D. 115o
NOT TO SCALE
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 35

MS ME The angle of depression from a window to 1 Solution

SQ 9 a car on the ground is 40o.


The car is 50 metres from the base of the
building.
How high above the ground is the
window, correct to the nearest metre?
A. 32 m
B. 38 m
C. 42 m
D. 48 m
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS ME The diagram shows the radial survey of a Solution

SQ 24 piece of land.
(a) B is south west of O. 2
What is the true bearing of C from O?
(b) What is the area of angle of  AOB, to 3
the nearest m2?

NOT TO SCALE

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


MS ME Lisa owns a piece of land as shown in the diagram. 4 Solution

SQ 25 The length of BC is 230 metres.


The size of angle BCA is 87o and of angle BAC
is 47o.
Lisa wants to build a fence along AC.
Fencing can be purchased in metre lengths at a
cost of $65 per metre. NOT TO
Calculate the cost of the fencing required. SCALE

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


MS ME Find the area of triangle PQR, correct to the 4 Solution

SQ 26 nearest square metre.

NOT TO SCALE
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS ME The diagram shows triangle XYZ. 3 Solution

SQ 27 The area of the triangle 43 m2 and  YXZ is acute.


What is the size of  YXZ, to the nearest degree?

NOT TO SCALE

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 36

MS ME The scale diagram shows the 3 Solution

SQ 28 aerial view of a block of land DIAGRAM TO SCALE


bounded on one side by a
road. The length of the block,
AB, is known to be
45 metres.
Calculate the approximate
area of the block of land,
using three applications of
the trapezoidal rule.

[A note to students from


projectmaths: Use a ruler to
measure AB as 4.5 cm]

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


19 11 Using the sine rule, find the value of x correct to one 2 Solution

M a decimal place.

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination


19 14 The regular hexagon ABCDEF has sides of length 1. 3 Solution

M c The diagonal AE and the side CD are produced to


meet at the point X.
Copy or trace the diagram into your writing booklet.
Find the exact length of the line segment EX,
justifying your answer.

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination


19 4 Which compass bearing is the same as a true bearing of 110o? 1 Solution
MS A. S20oE B. S20oW C. S70oE D. S70oW
2
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
19 12 An owl is 7 metres above ground level, in a tree. The owl sees a mouse on the 1 Solution
MS ground at an angle of depression of 32o. How far must the owl fly in a straight line
2
to catch the mouse, assuming the mouse does not move?
A. 3.7 m B. 5.9 m C. 8.3 m D. 13.2 m
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
19 22 Two right-angled triangles, ABC and ADC, are 3 Solution
MS shown.
2

Calculate the size of angle , correct to the


nearest minute.

NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 37

19 35 A compass radial survey shows the positions of 3 Solution


MS four towns A, B, C and D relative to the point O.
2

The area of the triangle BOC is 198 km2.

Calculate the bearing of town C from point O,


correct to the nearest degree.

NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination


18 12 A ship travels from Port A on a bearing of Solution

M a 050o for 320 km to Port B. It then travels on


a bearing of 120o from 190 km to Port C.
(i) What is the size of  ABC?
1
(ii) What is the distance from Part A to 2
Port C?
Answer to the nearest kilometre.

NOT TO SCALE

NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination


18 14 In  KLM, KL has length 3, LM has length 6 Solution

M a and  KLM is 60o. The point N is chosen on


side KM so that LN bisects  KLM.
The length LN is x.
(i) Find the exact value of the area of  KLM. 1
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, find the exact value 2
of x.
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 30 The diagram shows two triangles. 3 Solution

MG c Triangle ABC is right-angled, with


2 AB = 13 cm and  ABC = 62o.
In triangle ACD, AD = x cm and
 DAC = 40o.
The area of triangle ACD is 30 cm2.
What is the value of x, correct to
one decimal place?

NESA 2017 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 38

17 30 The diagram shows the location of three Solution

MG c schools. School A is 5 km due north of school


2 B, school C is 13 km from school B and  ABC
is 135o.
(i) Calculate the shortest distance from school 2
A to school C, to the nearest kilometre.
(ii) Determine the bearing of school C from 3
school A, to the nearest degree.

NESA 2017 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination


16 1 7 24 1 Solution
For the angle , sin  = and cos  = – .
M 25 25
Which diagram best shows the angle  ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 12 Square tiles of side length 20 cm are 3 Solution

M c being used to tile a bathroom.


The tiler needs to drill a hole in one of the
tiles at a point P which is 8 cm from one
corner and 15 cm from an adjacent
corner.
To locate the point P the tiler needs to
know the size of the angle  shown in the NOT TO
diagram. SCALE
Find the size of the angle  to the nearest
degree.
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 25 The diagram shows towns A, B and C. Town B 1 Solution

MG is 40 km due north of town A. The distance


2 from B to C is 18 km and the bearing of C from
A is 025o. It is known that  BCA is obtuse.
What is the bearing of C from B?
(A) 070o
(B) 095o
(C) 110o
(D) 135o

NESA 2016 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 39

16 30 A school playground consists of part of a circle, 5 Solution

MG c with centre O, and a rectangle as shown in the


2 diagram. The radius OB of the circle is 45 m, the
width BC of the rectangle is 20 m and  AOB is
100o.

What is the area of the whole playground, correct


to the nearest square metre?

NESA 2016 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination


15 13 The diagram shows  ABC with sides Solution

M a AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm and AC = 8 cm.


7
(i) Show that cos A = .
8 1
(ii) By finding the exact value of 2
sin A, determine the exact value
of the area of  ABC.
Not to scale
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 12 A person walks 2000 metres due Solution

MX c north along a road from point A to


1 point B. The point A is due east of a
mountain OM, where M is the top of
the mountain. The point O is directly
below point M and is on the same
horizontal plane as the road. The
height of the mountain above point O
is h metres. From point A, the angle
of elevation to the top of the
mountain is 15o. From point B, the Not to scale
angle of elevation to the top of the
mountain is 13o.
(i) Show that OA = h cot 15o. 1
(ii) Hence, find the value of h. 2
NESA 2015 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
15 30 From point S, which is 1.8 m above the Solution

MG e ground, a pulley at P is used to lift a flat


2 object F. The length SP and PF are 5.4 m
and 2.1 m respectively. The angle PSC is
108o.
(i) Show that the length PC is 6.197 m, 1
correct to 3 decimal places.
(ii) Calculate h, the height of the object 4
above the ground.

NESA 2015 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 40

14 23 The following information is given about the locations of three towns X, Y and Z: 1 Solution

MG • X is due east of Z
2 • X is on a bearing of 145o from Y
• Y is on a bearing of 060o from Z
Which diagram best represents this information? (Diagrams not to scale)

NESA 2014 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination


12 29 Raj cycles around a course. The course Solution

GM c starts at E, passes through F, G and H and


finishes at E. The distances EH and GH are
equal. 2
(i) What is the length of EF, to the
nearest kilometre? 3
(ii) What is the total distance that
Raj cycles, to the nearest
kilometre?
NESA 2012 General Mathematics HSC Examination
11 8a In the diagram, the shop at S is Solution

M 20 kilometres across the bay from the post


office at P. The distance from the shop to
the lighthouse at L is 22 kilometres and
 SPL is 60o. Let the distance PL be
x kilometres.
(i) Use the cosine rule to show that 1
x2 – 20x – 84 = 0.
(ii) Hence, find the distance from 2
the post office to the lighthouse.
Give your answer correct to the
nearest kilometre.
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 24 A ship sails 6 km from A to B on a Solution

GM c bearing of 121o. It then sails 9 km to C.


The size of angle ABC is 114o.
Copy the diagram into your writing
booklet and show all the information on
it.
(i) What is the bearing of C from B? 1
(ii) Find the distance AC. Give your 2
answer correct to the nearest
kilometre.
(iii) What is the bearing of A from C? 3
Give your answer correct to the Not to Scale
nearest degree.
NESA 2011 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 41

10 5a A boat is sailing due Solution

MX north from a point A


1 towards a point P on
the shore line. The
shore line runs from
west to east. In the
diagram, T,
represents a tree on
a cliff vertically
above P, and L
represents a
landmark on the
shore. The distance
PL is 1 km.
10 5a From A the point L is on a bearing of 020o, and the angle of elevation to T is 3o.
i After sailing for some time the boat reaches a point B, from which the angle of
elevation to T is 30o.
3 tan 3 o 3
(i) Show that BP = .
tan 20 o
(ii) Find the distance AB. 1
NESA 2010 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
10 24 The base of a lighthouse, D, is at Solution

GM d the top of a cliff 168 metres


above sea level. The angle of
depression from D to a boat at C
is 28o. The boat heads towards
the base of the cliff, A, and stops
at B. The distance AB is 126
metres. 3
(i) What is the angle of
depression from D to B,
correct to the nearest
minute? 2
(ii) How far did the boat travel
from C to B, correct to the
nearest metre?
NESA 2010 General Mathematics HSC Examination
10 26 Find the area of 3 Solution

GM d triangle ABC,
correct to the
nearest square
metre.

NESA 2010 General Mathematics HSC Examination


09 22 In the diagram, AD and DC are equal to 1 Solution

GM 30 cm.
What is the length of AB to the nearest
centimetre?
(A) 28 cm (B) 31 cm

(C) 34 cm (D) 39 cm
NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 42

09 23 The point A is 25 m from the base of Solution

GM a the building. The angle of elevation


from A to the top of the building is 38o.
(i) Show that the height of the 1
building is approximately
19.5 m.
(ii) A car is parked 62 m from the 2
base of the building. What is
09 23 the angle of depression from the top of the building to the car?
ax Give your answer to the nearest degree.
NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination
09 27 A yacht race follows the triangular Solution

GM b course shown in the diagram. The course


from P to Q is 1.8 km on a true bearing
of 058°. At Q the course changes
direction.
The course from Q to R is 2.7 km and
∠PQR = 74°. 1
(i) What is the bearing of R from Q? 2
(ii) What is the distance from R to P? 1
(iii) The area inside this triangular
course is set as a ‘no-go’ zone for
other boats while the race is on.
27bx

09 What is the area of this ‘no-go’ zone?


NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination
08 6a From a point A due south of a tower, the angle Solution

MX of elevation of the top of the tower T, is 23°.


1 From another point B, on a bearing of 120° from
the tower, the angle of elevation of T is 32°.
The distance AB is 200 metres.
(i) Copy or trace the diagram into your 1
writing booklet, adding the given
information to your diagram.
(ii) Hence find the height of the tower. 3
NESA 2008 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
07 25 The angle of depression from J to M is 75°. 3 Solution

GM b The length of JK is 20 m and the length of MK is


18 m.

Calculate the angle of elevation from M to K.


Give your answer to the nearest degree.

NESA 2007 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 43

07 26 The diagram shows information about Solution

GM a the locations of towns A, B and Q.


(i) It takes Elina 2 hours and 1
48 minutes to walk directly
from Town A to Town Q.
Calculate her walking speed
correct to the nearest km/h.
(ii) Elina decides, instead, to walk 2
to Town B from Town A and
then to Town Q. Find the
distance from Town A to Town
B. Give your answer to the
nearest km.
(iii) Calculate the bearing of Town 1
Q from Town B.
NESA 2007 General Mathematics HSC Examination
06 1d Find the value of θ in the 2 Solution

M diagram. Give your answer


to the nearest degree.

NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination


05 3b The lengths of the sides of a triangle are 7 cm, 8 cm and 13 cm. Solution

M (i) Find the size of the angle opposite the longest side. 2
(ii) Find the area of the triangle. 1
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 44

Year 11: Trigonometric Functions


T1.2 Radians Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

TG 1 Solve, if 0  x  2, Solution

(a) 3 sin x = cos x


(b) 2 cos 2x = 0
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 2 Find the exact values of: Solution

4
(a) cos 
3
5
(b) sin 
6
(c) tan (–45o)
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 3 3 Solution
Convert radians to degrees.
95 1c 5
M NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
NESA 1995 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 4    2  Solution
Find the exact value of sin   + sin  
4  3 
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 5 Solve 2 sin x = 1 for –2  x  2 Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


TG 6 Find the perimeter and the area of the segment cut off by a chord PQ of length 8 cm in a Solution

circle centre O and radius 6 cm.


Give your answers correct to 3 significant figures.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 45

TG 7 A chord of a circle which subtends an angle of  at the centre of the circle cuts off a Solution

1
segment equal in area to of the area of the whole circle.
3
2
(a) Show that  – sin  = 
3
(b) Verify that  = 2.61 radians, correct to 2 decimal places.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
19 13 The diagram shows a circle with centre O and 3 Solution

M b radius 20 cm.
The points A and B lie on the circle such that
 AOB = 70°.
Find the perimeter of the shaded segment,
giving your answer correct to one decimal place

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination


17 11 In the diagram, OAB is a sector with centre O Solution

M e and radius 6 cm, where  AOB = 30o.


(i) Find the exact value of the area of the 1
triangle OAB.
(ii) Find the exact value of the area of the 1
shaded segment.

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 7 The circle centred at O has radius 5. Arc AB has 1 Solution

M length 7 as shown in the diagram.


What is the area of the shaded sector OAB?
35
(A)
2
35
(B) 
2
125
(C)
14
125
(D) 
14

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 8 How many solutions does the equation |cos(2x)| = 1 have for 0  x  2 ? 1 Solution

M (A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5


NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 12 Find the solutions of 2 sin  = 1 for 0    2. 2 Solution

M a
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11 The angle of a sector in a circle of radius 8 NOT TO 2 Solution

M g  SCALE
cm is radians, as shown in the diagram.
7
Find the exact value of the perimeter of the
sector.

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 46

13 13 The region ABC is a sector of a circle with radius 30 cm, 2 Solution

M c centred at C. The angle of the sector is . The arc DE lies


on a circle also centred at C, as shown in the diagram.
The arc DE divides the sector ABC into two regions of
equal area.
Find the exact length of the interval CD.

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 14 The right-angled triangle ABC has hypotenuse 3 Solution

M c AB = 13.

The point D is on AC such that DC = 4,



 DBC = and  DBA = x.
6

Using the sine rule, or otherwise, find the exact


value of sin x.

Not to scale
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 6 1 Solution
What are the solutions of 3 tan x = –1 for 0  x  2 ?
M
2 4 2 5 5 7 5 11
(A) and (B) and (C) and (D) and
3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
12 11 The area of a sector of a circle of radius 6 cm is 50 cm . 2 Solution

M f Find the length of the arc of the sector.


NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 2b 2 Solution
Find the exact values of x such that 2 sin x = – 3 , where 0  x  2.
M
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 6b The diagram shows a circle with centre O and radius 5 cm. Solution

M The length of the arc PQ is 9 cm.


Lines drawn perpendicular to OP and OQ at P and Q
respectively meet at T.

(i) Find  POQ in radians. 1


(ii) Prove that OPT is congruent to OQT. (delete)
(iii) Find the length of PT. 1
(iv) Find the area of the shaded region. 2

(Not to scale)

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 1e  2 Solution
Find the exact value of  such that 2 cos  = 1, where 0    .
M 2

NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 47

09 5c The diagram shows a circle with centre O and radius Solution

M 2 centimetres. The points A and B lie on the circumference


of the circle and ∠AOB = .
(i) There are two possible values of  for which the area of 2
 AOB is 3 square centimetres.

One value is . Find the other value.
3

(ii) Suppose that  = .
3 (Not to scale)
(1) Find the area of the sector AOB. 1
(2) Find the exact length of the perimeter of the 2
minor segment bounded by the chord AB and the
arc AB.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 1a  2 Solution
Evaluate 2 cos correct to three significant figures.
M 5

NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 7b The diagram shows a sector with radius r and angle  
Solution

M
where 0    2.
10
The arc length is .
3
5
(i) Show that r ≥ . 2
3
(ii) Calculate the area of the sector when r = 4. 2
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 4a Solve 2 sin x = 1 for 0  x  2. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 4c An advertising logo is formed from two circles,
Solution

M which intersect as shown in the diagram. The


circles intersect at A and B and have centres at
O and C.
The radius of the circle centred at O is
1 metre and the radius of the circle centred at C
is 3 metres. The length of OC is 2 metres.
Not to scale

07 2c 
(i) Use Pythagoras’ theorem to show that ∠OAC = . 1
z 2
(ii) Find ∠ACO and ∠AOC. 2
(iii) Find the area of the quadrilateral AOBC. 1
(iv) Find the area of the major sector ACB. 1
(v) Find the total area of the logo (the sum of all the shaded areas). 2

NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 48

06 4a In the diagram, ABCD represents a garden. The Solution

M sector BCD has centre B and


5
 DBC = . The points A, B and C lie on a
6
straight line and AB = AD = 3 metres. Copy or
trace the diagram into your writing booklet.
2
(i) Show that  DAB = . Pmaths: no geom
3 1
(ii) Find the length of BD. 2
(iii) Find the area of the garden ABCD. 2
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2a 1 2 Solution
Solve cos  = for 0 ≤  ≤ 2 .
M 2
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 4a A pendulum is 90 cm long and swings through an angle of Solution

M 0.6 radians. The extreme positions of the pendulum are


indicated by the points A and B in the diagram.
(ii) Find the length of the arc AB.
(ii) Find the straight-line distance between the 1
extreme positions of the pendulum. 2
(iii) Find the area of the sector swept out by the
pendulum. 2
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 49

Year 11: Trigonometric Functions


T1.3 Trigonometric functions and identities Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 1 Which of the following is equivalent to sin2 5x? 1 Solution

MA A. 1 + cos2 5x B. 1 – cos2 5x C. –1 + cos2 5x D. –1 – cos2 5x


NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 19 Prove that sec  – cos  = sin  tan  2 Solution

MA
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

TG 1 Find the exact values of: Solution

2
(a) sec 
3
5
(b) cosec 
6
2
(c) cot (– )
3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 2 On the same set of axes, sketch y = sin x and y = cot x for 0  x  2. Solution

Find the values of x for which sin x = cot x.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 3 Show that: Solution

(a) tan  + cot  = sec  cosec 


1 + cos  1
(b) =
2
sin  1 − cos 
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 4 If tan A = p, express in terms of p: tan (180o + A) + tan (360o + A). Solution
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 50

TG 5 Solve 2 sin2 x – 3 sin x – 2 = 0 for 0  x  2. Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


TG 6 1 + sin x Solution
(a) Prove that sec2 x + sec x tan x = 
cos2 x
1
(b) Hence prove that sec2 x + sec x tan x = 
1 − sin x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
TG 7 Express 5 cot2 x – 2 cosec x + 2 in terms of cosec x and hence solve the equation Solution

5 cot2 x – 2 cosec x + 2 = 0 for 0  x  2.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


TG 8 15 1 Solution
Given that cot  = − , and that  <  < . Find the values of:
8 2

(a) cosec 
(b) cos 
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
19 13 Solve 2 sin x cos x = sin x for 0  x  2. 3 Solution

M a
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 7 Which expression is equivalent to tan  + cot  ? 1 Solution

M (A) cosec  + sec  (B) sec  cosec  ? (C) 2 (D) 1

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 7 How many solutions of the equation (sin x – 1)(tan x + 2) = 0 lie between 0 and 2? 1 Solution

M (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 15 Find all solutions of 2 sin x + cos x – 2 = 0, where 0  x  2.
2 3 Solution

M a
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

Year 11: Calculus


C1.1 Gradients of tangents Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 51

TG 1 1 Solution
Given the function y = , for what values of x is the function
x −3
(a) continuous?
(b) discontinuous?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 Solution

{
2
4 – x for x < 0
A function is defined as follows: f(x) = ax + b for 0  x  2
(x – 2)2 for x > 2

Find the values of a and b which would ensure that f(x) is continuous.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 Find the equation of the line that is inclined at 30o to the positive x-axis and passes Solution

through the point (0, 2).


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 52

Year 11: Calculus


C1.2 Difference quotients Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

TG 1 For each of the following functions determine the values of x for which the function is Solution

increasing and when the function is decreasing.


(a) f(x) = 4x
(b) f(x) = 2x7
(c) f(x) = x3 + 5
(d) f(x) = x4 + 3
1
(e) f(x) =
2
x +4
2
(f) f(x) =
x −3
(g) f(x) = |x|

|x|
(h) f(x) =
x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 A particle P moves along a straight line for 8 seconds, Solution

starting at the fixed point S at time t = 0.


At time t seconds, P is x(t) metres to the right of S.
The graph of x(t) is shown in the diagram.
(a) At approximately what times is the velocity of the
particle equal to 0?
(b) At approximately what time is the particle moving
with the greatest velocity?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 53

Year 11: Calculus


C1.3 The derivative function and its graph Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 9 Let h(x) = f(g(x)) where the function f(x) is an odd function and the function g(x) 1 Solution

MA is an even function.
The tangent to y = h(x) at x = k, where k > 0, has the equation y = mx + c.
What is the equation of the tangent to y = h(x) at x = –k?
A. y = mx + c B. y = −mx + c C. y = mx – c D. y = −mx – c
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 31 By considering the equation of the tangent to y = x2 − 1 at the point (a, a2 − 1), find 4 Solution

MA the equations of the two tangents to y = x2 − 1 which pass through (3, −8).
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 11 Find the equation of the tangent to the curve f(x) = x3 + 1 at the point (1, 2). 2 Solution
Band
SP NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
2-4
MA 20 A student was asked to differentiate f(x) = x2 + 4x from first principles. 2 Solution
Band
SP The student began the solution as shown below.
3-5
Complete the solution.
f (x + h) − f (x )
f ’(x) = lim
h→ 0 h
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 54

MA 14 The number of years N required to carry out a project Solution


Band
SQ varies inversely with how much money
2019 2-3
$M is spent on it. If $50 000 is spent on the project, it
takes 5 years to complete, as shown in the graph.
(a) Find an equation for the graph in terms of 1
k
M and N in the form N = , where k is a constant.
M
(b) The project needs to be carried out in one year or 1
less. What is the least amount of money that could
be spent in order to achieve this timeline?
(c) At a point on the graph the number of years 3
required to carry out the project is decreasing at the rate of one year per $1000
spent. Find the value of M for this point, correct to the nearest $1000.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 Use differentiation by first principles to verify that if y = x2 + 5x, the gradient function Solution

is y ’ = 2x + 5.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 Given the equation y = x2 + 3x, using first principles determine y ’ and hence find the Solution

equation of the tangent to the curve at (1, 4).


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 Use differentiation by first principles to verify that if y = 3x2 – x, the gradient function is Solution

y ’ = 6x – 1.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 4 The diagram shows the graph of a function Solution

y = f(x).
(a) For which values of x is the derivative,
f ’(x), negative?
(b) What happens to f ’(x), for large values
of x?
(c) Sketch the graph y = f ’(x).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus


TG 5 The diagram shows the graph of the gradient Solution

function of the curve.


For what value of x does f(x) have a local
minimum? Justify your answer.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus


TG 6 The graph shows the displacement of a Solution

particle that is moving in a horizontal line.


(a) Describe in words the motion of the
particle during the first seven
minutes.
(b) Sketch the graph of the velocity of
the particle as a function of time.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 55

05 3c f ( x + h) − f (x ) 2 Solution

MX
Use the definition of the derivative, f ’(x) = lim , to find f ’ (x)
h →0 h
1
when f(x) = x2 + 5x.

NESA 2005 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 56

Year 11: Calculus


C1.4 Calculating with derivatives Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 5 f (x) 1 Solution
Let h(x) = , where
MA g(x)
f(1) = 2 f ’(1) = 4
g(1) = 8 g ’(1) = 12
What is the gradient of the tangent to the graph of y = h(x) at x = 1?
1 1
A. −8 B. 8 C. − D.
8 8
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

TG 1 Find the derivative of: Solution

(a) f(x) = x7
(b) f(t) = t
1
(c) g(x) =
x3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 57

TG 2 Differentiate: Solution

(a) f(x) = 5x3 – 3x2 + 8x + 2


(b) f(x) = x2 + 1
x +1
(c) f(x) =
x −1
1
(d) f(x) =
2
x − 2x + 2

(e) f(x) = x2(x + 3)10


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 The line y = mx + c is a tangent to the curve y = x3 – 3x + 1 at the point (–2, –1). Solution

Find the values of m and c.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 4 Find the equations of the tangents to the curve y = x2 – 4x at the points where the Solution

curve cuts the x-axis.


Where do the tangent lines meet?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 5 The displacement x metres from the origin at time t seconds of a particle travelling in a Solution

straight line is given by x = t3 – 9t, where t  0.


(a) Find the velocity at time t seconds.
(b) Calculate the velocity when t = 2.
(c) Find the time when the particle is stationary.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Calculus
19 11 2x + 1 2 Solution
Differentiate .
M c x +5
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
3 2
19 14 The equation of the tangent to the curve y = x + ax + bx + 4 at the point where 3 Solution

M d x = 2 is y = x − 4. Find the values of a and b.


NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 12 The displacement of a particle moving along the x-axis is given by Solution

M d t3
x= – 2t2 + 3t, where x is the displacement from the origin in metres and t is
3
the time in seconds, for t  0.
(i) What is the initial velocity of the particle? 1
(ii) At which times is the particle stationary? 2
(iii) Find the position of the particle when the acceleration is zero. 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 10 A particle is moving along a 1 Solution

M straight line.
The graph shows the velocity, v,
of the particle for time t  0.
How many times does the particle
change direction?
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
17 12 Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = x + 4x – 7 at the point (1, –2). 2 Solution

M a
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 58

16 11 x +2 2 Solution
Differentiate .
M b 3x − 4
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 12 2
x +3 2 Solution

M c Find f ’(x), where f(x) = .


x −1
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 9 The graph shows the displacement x of a 1 Solution

M particle moving along a straight line as a


function of time t.
Which statement describes the motion of the
particle at the point P?

(A) The velocity is negative and the acceleration is positive.


(B) The velocity is negative and the acceleration is negative.
(C) The velocity is positive and the acceleration is positive.
(D) The velocity is positive and the acceleration is negative.
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11 x 3 2 Solution

M c Differentiate .
x +1
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 13 1 Solution
The displacement of a particle moving along the x-axis is given by x = t – ,
M c 1+t
where x is the displacement from the origin in metres, t is the time in seconds, and
t  0.
(i) Show that the acceleration of the particle is always negative. 2
(ii) What value does the velocity approach as t increases indefinitely? 1
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
2 Solution
12 11 Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = x at the point where x = 3. 2
M c
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 2c Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = (2x + 1)4 at the point 3 Solution

M where x = –1.
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 7b The parabola shown in the diagram is the graph Solution

M y = x2. The points A(–1, 1) and B(2, 4) are on


the parabola.
(i) Find the equation of the tangent to 2
the parabola at A.
(ii) Let M be the midpoint of AB. There 2
is a point C on the parabola such that the
tangent at C is parallel to AB. Show that
the line MC is vertical.
(iii) The tangent at A meets the line MC 2
at T. Show that the line BT is a
tangent to the parabola.
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
4
09 1d Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve y = x – 3x at the point (1, -2). 2 Solution

M
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 59

09 6c The diagram illustrates the design for part Solution

M of a roller-coaster track. The section RO is


a straight line with slope 1.2 and the
section PQ is a straight line with slope -1.8.
The section OP is a parabola
y = ax2 + bx. The horizontal distance from
the y-axis to P is 30 m. In order that the
ride is smooth, the straight sections must
09 6c be tangent to the parabola at O and at P.
a (i) Find the values of a and b so that the ride is smooth. 3
(ii) Find the distance d, from the vertex of the parabola to the horizontal line 2
through P, as shown on the diagram.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
2 9
08 2a Differentiate with respect to x: (i) (x + 3) 2 Solution

M
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 8a A particle is moving in a straight line. Its displacement, x metres, from the Solution

M origin, O, at time t seconds, where t ≥ 0, is given by x = 1 –


7
.
t+4
(i) Find the initial displacement of the particle. 1
(ii) Find the velocity of the particle as it passes through the origin. 3
(iii) Show that the acceleration of the particle is always negative. 1
(iv) Sketch the graph of the displacement of the particle as a function of time. 2
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2b x2
Solution

M Differentiate with respect to x: (ii) 2


x −1
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 60

Year 11: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions


E1.1 Introducing logarithms Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
Reference
N
Sheet
D
A
TG 1 Convert the following to exponential form: log10 10 000 = 4. Solution
R
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions D

TG 2 Convert the following to logarithmic form: 52 = 25. 2


Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions

11 6 Which of the following graphs best describes the equation y = ax, where a is a 1 Solution

MG positive number greater than 1?

NESA 2011 Mathematics General HSC Examination


x Solution
08 4 Which graph best represents y = 3 ? 1
MG

NESA 2008 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 61

Year 11: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions


E1.2 Logarithmic Laws and Applications Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

TG 1 Evaluate the following, without the use of a calculator: Solution

(a) log2 32
(b) log4 0.25
1
(c) log3
81
(d) loga a4
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions

TG 2 Solve: Solution

(a) 5x = 7
(b) log5 x = –3
(c) logx 128 = 3.5
(d) log10 (x + 4) – log10 (x – 5) = 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions

TG 3 On the Richter scale, the magnitude R of an earthquake of intensity I is given by the Solution

I
formula R = log10 ( ), where I0 is a reference intensity used for comparisons.
I0
(a) Find R for an earthquake that is 4.3 million times more intense than the reference
intensity.
(b) An earthquake measured 8.5 on the Richter scale. How many times more intense is
this than the reference intensity?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
TG 4 On the decibel scale, the loudness L of a sound of intensity S is given by Solution

S
L = 10 log10 ( ), where S0 is a reference intensity used for comparisons.
S0
(a) A sound that causes pain in humans is about 1014 times more intense than S0.
Find L for a sound of this intensity.
(b) How many times more intense is the sound of a heated argument (about 67
decibels) than the sound of a quiet room (about 31 decibels)?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 62

TG 5 The pH value of a solution is given by the formula pH = –log10 [H+], where [H+] is the Solution

concentration of hydrogen ions in moles per litre.


(a) Find pH values for each of the following:
(i) blood ([H+] = 3.98 × 10–8)
(ii) beer ([H+] = 6.3 × 10–5)
(b) Find the concentration of hydrogen ions in moles per litre for the following:
(i) eggs (pH = 7.8)
(ii) water (pH = 7.0)
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
19 5 log2 9 1 Solution
Which of the following is equal to ?
M log2 3
A. 2 B. 3 C. log2 3 D. log2 6
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 11 Solve log2 5 + log2 (x – 2) = 3. 2 Solution

MX b
1
NESA 2018 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
17 2 It is given that loga 8 = 1.893, correct to 3 decimal places. 1 Solution

MX What is the value of loga 4 correct to 2 decimal places?


1 (A) 0.95 (B) 1.26 (C) 1.53 (D) 2.84
NESA 2017 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
16 10 Which expression is equivalent to 4 + log2 x? 1 Solution

M (A) log2 (2x) (B) log2 (16 + x) (C) 4log2 (2x) (D) log2 (16x)
NESA 2016 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
14 3 What is the solution to the equation log2(x – 1) = 8? 1 Solution

M (A) 4 (B) 17 (C) 65 (D) 257

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


2x+1 Solution
11 1c Solve 2 = 32. 2
M
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 5a Use the change of base formula to evaluate log37, correct to two decimal places. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 63

Year 11: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions


E1.3 Exponential Function and Natural Logarithms Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 3 Which of the following represents the domain of the function f(x) = ln (1 – x)? 1 Solution

MA A. [1,  ) B. (1,  ) C. (–  , 1] D. (–  , 1)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
x 2
TG 1 If a = e , simplify loge a . Solution
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
TG 2 Solve the equation: 2 ln x = ln (5 + 4x). Solution
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
TG 3 Differentiate f(x) = 5ex and hence find the gradient of the function when x = 2. Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
2 ln x
19 15 Solve e = x + 6. 2 Solution

M a
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 1 What is the domain of the function f(x) = ln (4 – x)? 1 Solution

MX A. x < 4 B. x  4 C. x > 4 D. x  4
1
NESA 2019 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
17 5 It is given that ln a = ln b – ln c, where a, b, c > 0. Which statement is true? 1 Solution

M b b ln b
(A) a = b – c (B) a = (C) ln a = (D) ln a =
c c ln c
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 13 1 2 1 2 Solution

M c By letting m = t3 , or otherwise, solve t3 + t3 – 6 = 0.


NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 64

14 15 The line y = mx is a tangent to the curve y = e2x at a point P. Solution

M c (i) Sketch the line and the curve on one diagram. 1


(ii) Find the coordinates of P. 3
(iii) Find the value of m. 1
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 11 Evaluate ln 3 correct to three significant figures. 1 Solution

M a
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
x
12 7 Let a = e . 1 Solution

M Which expression is equal to log e (a2)?


2
(A) e2x (B) e x (C) 2x (D) x2
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 2d Find the derivative of y = x2ex with respect to x. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
11 1f What is the range of the function f(x) = ln (x + e)? Solution
1
MX
1
NESA 2011 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
x
10 4d Let f(x) = 1 + e . Show that f(x) × f(–x) = f(x) + f(–x). 2 Solution

M
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 1c Solve ln (x + 6) = 2 ln x. 3 Solution

MX
1
NESA 2010 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
09 1b Let f(x) = ln(x – 3). What is the domain of f(x)? 1 Solution

MX
1
NESA 2009 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
2x x Solution
07 6a Solve the following equation for x: 2e – e = 0. 2
M
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 1a Evaluate e −0.5
correct to three decimal places. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 65

Year 11: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions


E1.4 Graphs and Applications of Exponential and
Logarithmic Functions Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

S
2
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

2
Reference
Sheet

21 5 Which of the following best represents the graph of y = 10 (0.8)x? 1 Solution

MA

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

TG 1 Solve the following: Solution

(a) 73x = 492x–3


(b) 4x – 12(2)x = –32
(c) 2e2x – ex = 0
3
(d) loge x – =2
loge x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
TG 2 The spread of a highly contagious virus can be modelled by the function Solution

4000
f(x) =
1 + 1000e −0.07 x
where x is the number of days after the first case of sickness due to the virus has
been diagnosed and f(x) is the total number of people who are infected by the virus in
the first x days.
Find and interpret the meaning of f(0), f(14) and f(365).
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 66

TG 3 In 2010, the city of Thagoras modelled Solution

the predicted population of the city


using the equation P = A(1.04)n. That
12 30 year, the city introduced a policy to
MG c slow its population growth.
The new predicted population was
modelled using the equation
P = A(b)n.
In both equations, P is the predicted
population and n is the number of
years after 2010. The graph shows the
two predicted populations.
(a) Use the graph to find the predicted
population of Thagoras in 2030 if
the population policy had NOT been
introduced.
(b) In each of the two equations given,
the value of A is 3 000 000.
What does A represent?
(c) The guess-and-check method is to
be used to find the value of b, in
P = A(b)n.
(i) Explain, with or without
calculations, why 1.05 is not a
suitable first estimate for b.
(ii) With n = 20 and P = 4 460 000, use the guess-and-check method and the
equation P = A(b)n to estimate the value of b to two decimal places.
Show at least TWO estimate values for b, including calculations and
conclusions.
(d) The city of Thagoras was aiming to have a population under 7 000 000 in 2050.
Does the model indicate that the city will achieve this aim?
Justify your answer with suitable calculations.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Exponential and logarithmic functions
NESA 2012 Mathematics General HSC Examination
18 13 The population of a country grew exponentially between 1910 and 2010. This Solution

M c population can be modelled by the equation P(t) = 92ekt, where P(t) is the
population of the country in millions, t is the time in years after 1910 and k is a
positive constant. The population of the country in 1960 was 184 million.
(i) Show that the value of k is 0.0139, correct to 4 decimal places. 2
(ii) Assuming that this model continues to be valid after 2010, estimate the 2
population of the country in 2020 to the nearest million.
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 13 A radioactive isotope of Curium has a half-life of 163 days. Solution

M c Initially there are 10 mg of Curium in a container.


The mass M(t) in milligrams of Curium, after t days, is given by M(t) = Ae–kt, where
A and k are constants.
(i) State the value of A. 1
(ii) Given that after 163 days only 5 mg of Curium remain, find the value of k. 2
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 67

16 29 The mass M kg of Solution

MG b a baby pig at age


x days is given by
M = A(1.1)x where
A is a constant.
The graph of this
equation is shown.
(i) What is the 1
value of A?
(ii) What is the 1
daily growth
rate of the
pig’s mass.
Write your
answer as a
percentage.

NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination


x
13 9 What is the solution of 5 = 4? 1 Solution

M log e 4 4 log e 4 4


(A) x = (B) x = (C) x = (D) x = loge  
5 log e 5 log e 5 5
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 14 Professor Smith has a colony of bacteria. Initially, there are 1000 bacteria. The Solution

M c number of bacteria, N(t), after t minutes is given by N(t) = 1000ekt.


(i) After 20 minutes there are 2000 bacteria. 1
Show that k = 0.0347 correct to four decimal places.
(ii) How many bacteria are there when t = 120? 1
(iii) What is the rate of change of the number of bacteria per minute, when 1
t = 120?
(iv) How long does it take for the number of bacteria to increase from 1000 to 2
100 000?
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 10 The intensity I, measured in watt/m2, of a sound is given by I = 10–12 × e0.1L, where Solution

M a L is the loudness of the sound in decibels.


(i) If the loudness of a sound at a concert is 110 decibels, find the 1
intensity of the sound. Give your answer in scientific notation.
(ii) Ear damage occurs if the intensity of a sound is greater than 2
8.1 × 10–9 watt/m2. What is the maximum loudness of a sound so that
no ear damage occurs?
(iii) By how much will the loudness of a sound have increased if its 2
intensity has doubled?
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 1f Solve the equation ln x = 2. Give your answer correct to four decimal places. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 7a 3 Solution
3
Solve loge x – = 2.
M log e x
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 25a The number of penguins, P, after t years in a new colony can be found using the Solution

GM following formula P = a  2t.


(i) If there are 24 penguins after two years, find the value of a. 2
(ii) How many years will it take for the number of penguins to first exceed 2
1500?
NESA 2008 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 68

06 14 In 2004 there were 13.5 million registered motor vehicles in Australia. The 1 Solution

MG number of registered motor vehicles is increasing at a rate of 2.3% per year.


Which expression represents the number (in millions) of registered motor
vehicles, if y represents the number of years after 2004?
(A) 13.5  (1.023) y (B) 13.5  (0.023)y
(C) 13.5  (1.023)  y (D) 13.5  (0.023)  y
NESA 2006 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 69

Year 11: Statistical Analysis


S1.1 Probability and Venn Diagrams Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet

22 9 Liam is playing two games. He is equally likely to win each game. 1 Solution

MA The probability that Liam will win at least one of the games is 80%.
Which of the following is closest to the probability that Liam will win both games?
A. 31% B. 40% C. 55% D. 64%
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 15 In a bag there are 3 six-sided dice. Solution

MA Two of the dice have faces marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.


The other is a special die with faces marked 1, 2, 3, 5, 5, 5.
One die is randomly selected and tossed.
(a) What is the probability that the die shows a 5? 1
(b) Given that the die shows a 5, what is the probability that it is the special die? 1
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 70

21 6 There are 8 chocolates in a box. 1 Solution

MA Three have peppermint centres (P)


and five have caramel centres (C).
Kim randomly chooses a chocolate
from the box and eats it. Sam then
randomly chooses and eats one of
the remaining chocolates.
A partially completed probability
tree is shown.
What is the probability that Kim and Sam choose chocolates with different centres?
15 15 15 15
A. B. C. D.
64 56 32 28
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

20 14 History and Geography are two subjects students may decide to study. Solution

MA For a group of 40 students, the following is known.


• 7 students study neither History nor Geography
• 20 students study History

• 18 students study Geography


(a) A student is chosen at random. By using a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the 2
probability that the student studies both History and Geography.
(b) A student is chosen at random. Given that the student studies Geography, what 1
is the probability that the student does NOT study History?
(c) Two different students are chosen at random, one after the other. What is the 2
probability that the first student studies History and the second student does
NOT study History?
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 15 The top of a rectangular table is divided into 8 equal 1 Solution


MS sections as shown.
2
A standard die with faces labelled 1 to 6 is rolled onto the
table.
The die is equally likely to land in any of the 8 sections of the table. If the die does
not land entirely in one section of the table, it is rolled again.
A score is calculated by multiplying the value shown on the top face of the die by
the number shown in the section of the table where the die lands.
What is the probability of getting a score of 6?
1 1 1 1
A B C D
48 12 8 6
NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 13 A credit card requires a four-figure personal identification number (PIN) for Solution
Band
SP purchases. The figures are chosen from the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 9.
2-4
Repetition is allowed and the PIN can start with any of the 10 digits.
The credit card is lost and the finder tries to guess the PIN by entering four
digits. 1
(a) What is the probability that the four digits entered are the correct PIN? 1
(b) What is the probability that the finder will guess at least one digit in its
correct order?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 71

MA 5 In a mixed language class, students study 1 Solution


Band
SQ French, Mandarin and Indonesian. The number
2019 3-4
of students who study each language are
shown in the Venn diagram.
A student who studies Indonesian is selected at
random.
What is the probability that he/she also studies
French?
1 3 3 7
A. B. C. D.
6 10 5 10
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
MA 16 A survey found that in a large population approximately 20% of people are left- Solution
Band
SQ handed.
2019 2-5
(a) Three people are selected at random. 2
Find the probability that at least one of them is left-handed.
(b) What is the smallest number of people that would need to be selected to 3
have a greater than 99% chance that at least one of them is left-handed?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 Six girls’ names and five boys’ names are placed in a hat. Solution

Two names are drawn without replacement.


What is the probability that a girl’s and a boy’s name are chosen?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis
TG 2 In a raffle, 30 tickets are sold and there are two prizes. Solution

John buys five tickets.


What is the probability that John wins at least one prize?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis
TG 3 In Australia, approximately 9% of the population has the blood type O negative. Solution

If three people are chosen at random from the population, find the probability that:
(a) none has O negative blood
(b) at least one has O negative blood.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis
TG 4 2 Solution
The manager of a team notices that the team has a probability of of winning the
3
1
game if it is raining and if it is dry, the probability of the team winning is . The
5
1
probability that it will rain on a day when they play is .
4
(a) Find the probability that they will not win.
(b) Given that the team has won a game, calculate the probability that it rained on
the day of the match.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 72

TG 5 Lou and Ali are on a fitness program for one Solution

month.
The probability that Lou will finish the
program successfully is 0.7 while the
10 20 probability that Ali will finish successfully is
MG 0.6.
The probability tree diagram shows this
information.

What is the probability that only one of Lou


and Ali will be successful?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis


NESA 2010 General Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 6 A bag contains two red balls, one black ball, and one white ball. Solution

Andrew selects one ball from the bag and keeps it hidden.
He then selects a second ball, also keeping it hidden.
(a) Draw a tree diagram to show all the possible outcomes.
(b) Find the probability that both the selected balls are red.
(c) Find the probability that at least one of the selected balls is red.
(d) Andrew drops one of the selected balls and we can see that it is red.
What is the probability that the ball that is still hidden is also red?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis
19 6 A game is played by tossing an ordinary 6-sided die and an ordinary coin at the same 1 Solution

M time. The game is won if the uppermost face of the die shows an even number or the
uppermost face of the coin shows a tail (or both). What is the probability of winning
this game?
1 1 3
A. B. C. D. 1
4 2 4
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 11 A bag contains 5 green beads and 7 purple beads. Two beads are selected at 2 Solution

M f random, without replacement. What is the probability that the two beads are the
same colour?
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 15 The probability that a person chosen at random has red hair is 0.02. Solution

M d (i) Two people are chosen at random. 2


What is the probability that at least ONE has red hair?
(ii) What is the smallest number of people that can be chosen at random so 2
that the probability that at least ONE has red hair is greater than 0.4
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 20 A roulette wheel has the numbers 0, 1, 2, …, 36 where 2 Solution
MS each of the 37 numbers is equally likely to be spun.
2

If the wheel is spun 18 500 times, calculate the expected


frequency of spinning the number 8.

NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination


HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 73

19 25 A bowl of fruit contains 17 apples of which 9 are red and 8 are green. 3 Solution
MS Dennis takes one apple at random and eats it. Margaret also takes an apple at
2
random and eats it.
By drawing a probability tree diagram, or otherwise, find the probability that
Dennis and Margaret eat apples of the same colour.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
18 6 A runner has four different pairs of shoes. If two shoes are selected at random, 1 Solution

M what is the probability that they will be a matching pair?


1 1 1 1
A. B. C. D.
56 16 7 4
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 14 Two machines, A and B, produce pens. It is known that 10% of the pens produced Solution

M e by machine A are faulty and that 5% of the pens produced by machine B are faulty.
(i) One pen is chosen at random from each machine. What is the probability that 1
at least one of the pens is faulty?
(ii) A coin is tossed to select one of the two machines. Two pens are chosen at 2
random from the selected machine. What is the probability that neither pen is
faulty?
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 16 A game involves rolling two six-sided dice, followed by rolling a third six-sided die. Solution

M b To win the game, the number rolled on the third die must lie between the two
numbers rolled previously. For example, if the first two dice show 1 and 4, the
game can only be won by rolling a 2 or 3 with the third die.
(i) What is the probability that a player has no chance of winning before rolling 2
the third die?
(ii) What is the probability that a player wins the game? 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 26a Jeremy rolled a biased 6-sided 1 Solution

MG die a number of times. He


2 recorded the results in a table.
What is the relative frequency
of rolling a 3?
NESA 2018 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination
17 12 A spinner is marked with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. When Solution

M e it is spun, each of the five numbers is equally likely to occur.


The spinner is spun three times.
(i) What is the probability that an even number occurs on 1
the first spin?
(ii) What is the probability that an even number occurs on at 1
least one of the three spins?
(iii) What is the probability that an even number occurs on the first spin and odd 1
numbers occur on the second and third spins?
(iv) What is the probability that an even number occurs on exactly one of the three 1
spins?
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 24 A deck of 52 playing cards contain 12 picture cards. Two cards are drawn at 1 Solution

MG random and placed on a table. What is the probability, correct to four decimal
2 places, that exactly one picture card is on the table?
(A) 0.0498 (B) 0.1810 (C) 0.3550 (D) 0.3620
NESA 2017 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 74

16 2 In a raffle, 30 tickets are sold and there is one prize to be won. 1 Solution

M What is the probability that someone buying 6 tickets wins the prize?
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
30 6 5 4
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 4 1 Solution
5
The probability that Mel’s soccer team wins this weekend is . The probability that
M 7
2
Mel’s rugby league team wins this weekend is . What is the probability that
3
neither team wins this weekend?
2 10 13 19
(A) (B) (C) (D)
21 21 21 21
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 14 Weather records for a town suggest that: Solution

M b 5
• if a particular day is wet (W), the probability of the next day being dry is
.
6
1
• if a particular day is dry (D), the probability of the next day being dry is .
2
In a specific week Thursday is dry.
The tree diagram shows the possible
outcomes for the next three days:
Friday, Saturday and Sunday.

(i) Show that the probability 1


2
of Saturday being dry is .
3
(ii) What is the probability of 2
both Saturday and Sunday
being wet?
(iii) What is the probability of 1
at least one of Saturday
and Sunday being dry?

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 10 Three runners compete in a race. The probabilities that the three runners finish the 1 Solution

M 1 1 2
race in under 10 seconds are , and respectively.
4 6 5
What is the probability that at least one of the three runners will finish the race in
under 10 seconds?
1 37 3 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
60 60 8 8
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 75

14 12 A packet of lollies contains 5 red lollies and 14 green lollies. Two lollies are selected Solution

M c at random without replacement.


(i) Draw a tree diagram to show the possible outcomes. Include the probability 2
on each branch.
(ii) What is the probability that the two lollies are of different colours? 1
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 16 In Mathsville, there are on average eight rainy days in October. Which expression 1 Solution

MG could be used to find a value for the probability that it will rain on two consecutive
2 days in October in Mathsville?
8 7 8 7 8 8 8 8
(A) × (B) × (C) × (D) ×
31 30 31 31 31 30 31 31
NESA 2014 Mathematics General 2 HSC Examination
13 5 A bag contains 4 red marbles and 6 blue marbles. Three marbles are selected at 1 Solution

M random without replacement.


What is the probability that at least one of the marbles selected is red?
1 1 5 29
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 2 6 30
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 18 Two unbiased dice, each with faces numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are rolled. 1 Solution

GM What is the probability of obtaining a sum of 6?


1 1 5 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 12 12 36
NESA 2013 General Mathematics HSC Examination
12 13 Two buckets each contain red marbles and white marbles. Bucket A contains 3 red Solution

M c and 2 white marbles. Bucket B contains 3 red and 4 white marbles. Chris randomly
chooses one marble from each bucket.
(i) What is the probability that both marbles are red? 1
(ii) What is the probability that at least one of the marbles is white? 1
(iii) What is the probability that both marbles are the same colour? 2
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 12 Two unbiased dice, each with faces numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, are rolled. What 1 Solution

GM is the probability of a 6 appearing on at least one of the dice?


1 11 25 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 36 36 6
NESA 2012 General Mathematics HSC Examination
11 1g A batch of 800 items is examined. The probability that an item from this batch is 1 Solution

M defective is 0.02. How many items from this batch are defective?
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 5b Kim has three red shirts and two yellow shirts. On each of the three days, Monday, Solution

M Tuesday and Wednesday, she selects one shirt at random to wear. Kim wears each
shirt that she selects only once.
(i) What is the probability that Kim wears a red shirt on Monday? 1
(ii) What is the probability that Kim wears a shirt of the same colour on all 1
three days?
(iii) What is the probability that Kim does not wear a shirt of the same colour on 2
consecutive days?
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 76

10 4c There are twelve chocolates in a box. Four of the chocolates have mint centres, four Solution

M have caramel centres and four have strawberry centres. Ali randomly selects two
chocolates and eats them.
(i) What is the probability that the two chocolates have mint centres? 1
(ii) What is the probability that the two chocolates have same centres? 1
(iii) What is the probability that the two chocolates have different centres? 1
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 8b Two identical biased coins are tossed together, and the outcome is recorded. After 2 Solution

M a large number of trials it is observed that the probability that both coins land
showing heads is 0.36. What is the probability that both coins land showing tails?
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 5b On each working day James parks his car in a parking station which has three Solution

M levels. He parks his car on a randomly chosen level. He always forgets where he
has parked so when he leaves work he chooses a level at random and searches for
his car. If his car is not on that level, he chooses a different level and continues in
this way until he finds his car.
(i) What is the probability that his car is on the first level he searches? 1
(ii) What is the probability that he must search all three levels before he finds 1
his car?
(iii) What is the probability that on every one of the five working days in a week, 1
his car is not on the first level he searches?
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 9a Each week Van and Marie take part in a raffle at their respective workplaces. The 2 Solution

M probability that Van wins a prize in his raffle is


1
. The probability that Marie wins a
9
1
prize in her raffle is . What is the probability that, during the next three weeks,
16
at least one of them wins a prize?
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 27 In each of three raffles, 100 tickets are sold and one prize is awarded. 4 Solution

GM c Mary buys two tickets in one raffle.


Jane buys one ticket in each of the other two raffles.
Determine who has the better chance of winning at least one prize. Justify your
response using probability calculations.
NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination
09 28 In an experiment, two 4 Solution

GM d unbiased dice, with faces


numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
are rolled 18 times. The
difference between the
numbers on their
uppermost faces is
recorded each time. Juan
performs this experiment
twice and his results are
shown in the tables.
09 28 Juan states that Experiment 2 has given results that are closer to what he
dx expected than the results given by Experiment 1.
Is he correct? Explain your answer by finding the sample space for the dice
differences and using theoretical probability.
NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 77

08 7c Xena and Gabrielle compete in a Solution

M series of games. The series finishes


when one player has won two
games. In any game, the probability
2
that Xena wins is and the
3
1
probability that Gabrielle wins is .
3

08 7c (i) Copy and complete the tree diagram. 1


a (ii) What is the probability that Gabrielle wins the series? 2
(iii) What is the probability that three games are played in the series? 2
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 9a It is estimated that 85% of students in Australia own a mobile phone. Solution

M (i) Two students are selected at random. What is the probability that 2
neither of them owns a mobile phone?
(ii) Based on a recent survey, 20% of the students who own a mobile phone 1
have used their mobile phone during class time. A student is selected at
random. What is the probability that the student owns a mobile phone and
has used it during classtime?
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 4b Two ordinary dice are rolled. The score is the sum of the numbers on the top faces. Solution

M (i) What is the probability that the score is 10? 2


(ii) What is the probability that the score is not 10? 1
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 9b A pack of 52 cards consists of four suits with 13 cards in each suit. Solution

M (i) One card is drawn from the pack and kept on the table. A second card is 1
drawn and placed beside it on the table. What is the probability that the
second card is from a different suit to the first?
(ii) The two cards are replaced and the pack shuffled. Four cards are 2
chosen from the pack and placed side by side on the table. What is the
probability that these four cards are all from different suits?
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 4c A chessboard has 32 black squares and 32 white squares. Tanya chooses three Solution

M different squares at random.


(i) What is the probability that Tanya chooses three white squares? 2
(ii) What is the probability that the three squares Tanya chooses are the same 1
colour?
(iii) What is the probability that the three squares Tanya chooses are not the 1
same colour?
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 5d A total of 300 tickets are sold in a raffle which has three prizes. There are 100 red, Solution

M 100 green and 100 blue tickets. At the drawing of the raffle, winning tickets are
NOT replaced before the next draw.
(i) What is the probability that each of the three winning tickets is red? 2
(ii) What is the probability that at least one of the winning tickets is not red? 1
(iii) What is the probability that there is one winning ticket of each colour? 2
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 78

05 10 Xuan and Yvette would like to meet at a cafe on Monday. Solution

M b They each agree to come to the cafe sometime between


12 noon and 1 pm, wait for 15 minutes, and then leave if
they have not seen the other person. Their arrival times
can be represented by the point (x, y) in the Cartesian
plane, where x represents the fraction of an hour after 12
noon that Xuan arrives, and y represents the fraction of
an hour after 12 noon that Yvette arrives.

05 10 1 2
ba Thus  ,  represents Xuan arriving at 12:20 pm and Yvette arriving at 12:24
3 5
pm. Note that the point (x, y) lies somewhere in the unit square
0 ≤ x ≤ 1 and 0 ≤ y ≤ 1 as shown in the diagram.
1 1
(i) Explain why Xuan and Yvette will meet if x – y ≤ or y – x ≤ . 1
4 4
(ii) The probability that they will meet is equal to the area of the part of the 2
region given by the inequalities in part (i) that lies within the unit square
0 ≤ x ≤ 1 and 0 ≤ y ≤ 1.
Find the probability that they will meet.
(iii) Xuan and Yvette agree to try to meet again on Tuesday. They agree to arrive 2
between 12 noon and 1 pm, but on this occasion they agree to wait for
t minutes before leaving. For what value of t do they have a 50% chance of
meeting?
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 79

Year 11: Statistical Analysis


S1.2 Discrete Probability Distributions Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 2 The probability distribution table for a 1 Solution

MA random variable X is shown.


What is the expected value for X?
A. 0.6
B. 1.0
C. 1.5
D. 2.0

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


MA 19 A discrete random variable X has the 3 Solution
Band
SP probability distribution table shown.
3-6
By finding the value of m, calculate the
expected value and the variance of X.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


TG 1 The total number of cars to be sold next Solution

week is described by the following


X 0 1 2 3 4
probability distribution.
p(X) 0.05 0.15 0.35 0.25 0.20
Determine the expected value and
standard deviation of X, the number of
cars sold.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 11 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 80

Year 12: Functions


F2 Graphing Techniques Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

2
Reference
Sheet

22 19 The graph of the function f(x) = x2 is translated m units to the right, dilated 3
Solution

MA vertically by a scale factor of k and then translated 5 units down.


The equation of the transformed function is g(x) = 3x2 − 12x + 7.
Find the values of m and k.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 16 Solution
For what values of x is f(x) = x2 – 2x3 increasing? 3
MA
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 19 1 Solution
Without using calculus, sketch the graph of y = 2 + , showing the asymptotes 3
MA x+4
and the x and y intercepts.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 21 Consider the graph of y = f(x) as shown. 2 Solution

MA

Sketch the graph of y = 4 f(2x) showing


the x-intercepts and the coordinates of
the turning points.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


20 2 The function f(x) = x3 is transformed Horizontal translation Vertical translation 1 Solution

MA to g(x) = (x – 2)2 + 5 by a of 2 units of 5 units


horizontal translation of 2 units
followed by a vertical translation of
A. Left Up
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 81

5 units. B. Right Up
Which row of the table shows the C. Left Down
directions of the translations? D. Right Down
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
2 2
20 24 The circle x – 6x + y + 4y – 3 = 0 is reflected in the x-axis. 3 Solution

MA
Sketch the reflected circle, showing the coordinates of the centre and the radius.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 2 The function f(x) = |x| is transformed and the 2 Solution

SP 4 equation of the new function is of the form


Ban
d y = kf(x + b) + c, where k, b and c are constants.
3-
5 The graph of the new function is shown.

What are the values of k, b and c?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 4 The diagram shows the graph of y = f(x). 1 Solution
Band
SQ
2019 3-4

Which of these graphs represents y = f(x – 1)?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)


TG 1 Sketch on the same axes the graphs of y = f(x), y = g(x) and y = h(x), where f(x) = 3x, Solution

g(x) = 32x and h(x) = 2(3x).


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 2 Sketch the graph of the function g(x) = x2 – 9, state the range of g(x), and from the Solution

symmetry of the graph identify if g(x) is an odd function, an even function or neither
odd nor even.
Hence sketch the graph of the function f(x) = (x – 1)2 + 9, and from the symmetry of
the graph, identify if f(x) is an odd function, an even function or neither odd nor even.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 82

TG 3 1 Solution
Sketch the graph of y = f(x) where f(x) = , identifying any asymptotes and any
x +3
intercepts on the axes.
Over what intervals is the function
(a) increasing?
(b) decreasing?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 4 Give a set of simple transformations which, when applied in succession, change the Solution

graph of y = x2 to the graph with equation y = 4 – 2x + x2.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 5 Show that any function f of the form f(x) = ax, where a > 0, has the property that for all Solution

values of b, f(x + b) = f(x) f(b). Interpret this property in terms of transformations of


graphs.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 6 The curve y = kx2 + c is transformed by a translation, a dilation and a reflection Solution

respectively. The translation is 2 units in the negative -direction, the dilation is in the
y-direction with factor of 4 and the reflection is in the y-axis. The equation of the final
curve is y = 12x2 – 48x + 20.
(a) Find the equation of the graph:
(i) before the reflection
(ii)before the dilation.
(b) Find the values of k and c.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 7 Solution
4
Sketch the graphs of y = f(x) and y = g(x) where f(x) = and g(x) = 1 + f(x).
2x + 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 8 x −3 Solution
Sketch the graph of y = f(x) where f(x) = , and state the domain and range.
x −1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 9 The graph of y = –3(x + 1)4 has been produced from the graph of y = x4 by three Solution

successive transformations: a translation, a dilation and then a reflection.


Define each of the transformations clearly, and state the equation of the graph after
each of the first two transformations. Hence sketch the graph of y = –3(x + 1)4.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 10 Which diagram best shows the graph of the parabola y = 3 – (x – 2)2? 1 Solution

16 3 (A) (B) (C) (D)


M

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques


NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 83

TG 11 On the same set of axes sketch the graphs of f(x) = x2 – 3 and g(x) = 2x. Solution

Hence or otherwise solve x2 – 3 > 2x.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
TG 12 (a) Sketch the graph y = |2x – 3|. 1 Solution

13 15 (b) Using the graph from part (a), or otherwise, find all values of m for which 2
M c the equation |2x – 3| = mx + 1 has exactly one solution.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 13 The diagram shows the Solution

graph of a function y = f(x).

On the same set of axes,


sketch the graph of
y = 1 – f(x).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques


TG 14 A particle is released and moves in a straight line so that its displacement x m from a Solution

4
fixed point O at time t seconds is given by x = 2 – .
t +1
(a) Find its initial displacement.
(b) At what time(s) is the particle at O?
(c) Sketch the x - t graph.
(d) A second particle is released at the same time.
It moves on the same straight line with displacement m from the point at time
t seconds given by x = 4 – t.
When and where will the particles will collide?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Graphing Techniques
17 12 (i) Carefully sketch the graphs of y = |x + 1| and y = 3 – |x – 2| on the same 3 Solution

MX b axes, showing all intercepts.


1 (ii) Using the graphs from part (i), or otherwise, find the range of values of x for 1
which |x + 1| + |x – 2| = 3.
NESA 2017 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
2 Solution
10 2b Solve the inequality x – x – 12 < 0. 2

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 1f Let f(x) = loge[(x – 3)(5 – x)].What is the domain of f(x)? 2 Solution

MX
1
NESA 2008 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
08 3a (i) Sketch the graph of y = |2x – 1|. 1 Solution

MX (ii) Hence, or otherwise, solve |2x – 1| ≤ |x – 3|. 3


1
NESA 2008 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 84

Year 12: Trigonometric Functions


T3 Trigonometric Functions and Graphs Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 14 The graph of 2 Solution

MA y = k sin (ax) is shown.


What are the values of
k and a?

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 10 The line y = mx is a 1 Solution

MA tangent to the curve


y = cos x at the point
where x = a, as shown
in the diagram.
Which of the following
statements is true?

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A. m < < B. <m< C. < <m D. m < <
a 2 2 a 2 a 2 a
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 20  2 Solution
For what values of x, in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ , does the line y = 1 intersect the
MA 4
graph of y = 2 sin 4x?
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 6 Which interval gives the range of the function y = 5 + 2 cos 3x? 1 Solution

MA A. [2, 8] B. [3, 7] C. [4, 6] D. [5, 9]


NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 85

MA 26 By drawing graphs on 3 Solution


Band
SP the number plane,
3-6
determine how many
solutions there are to
x
the equation sin x =
5
in the domain ( − ,  ).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 27 The function f(x) = cos x is transformed to g(x) = 3 cos 2x. 2 Solution
Band
SP Describe in words how both the amplitude and period change in this
2-3
transformation.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
TG 1  1 Solution
Which diagram shows the graph y = sin(2x + )?
3

13 6 (A) (B)
M

(C) (D)

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions


NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 2 The diagram shows part of the graph of 1 Solution

y = a sin (bx) + 4.
What are the values of a and b?
19 7
1
M A. a = 3 b =
2
B. a = 3 b=2
1
C. a = 1.5 b=
2
D. a = 1.5 b=2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 3 What is the period of the function f(x) = tan (3x)? 1 Solution

16 6  2
(A) (B) (C) 3 (D) 6
M 3 3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 4 Sketch the curve y = 1 – sin2x for 0 ≤ x ≤  . 3 Solution

00 6a
M
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 2000 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 5 (a) Sketch the graph of y = 2 cos x for 0  x  2 . 5 Solution

96 7a (b) On the same set of axes, sketch the graph of y = 2 cos x – 1 for 0  x  2 .
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 86

M (c) Find the exact values of the x coordinates of the points where the graph of
y = 2 cos x – 1 crosses the x axis in the domain 0  x  2 .
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 1996 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 6 x 1 2 Solution
Solve sin   = for 0  x  2 ?
16 11 2
  2
M g
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 7 Solve 2 sin2 x – 3 sin x – 2 = 0 for 0  x  2. Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions


TG 8 (a) Draw the graphs of y = 4 cos x and y = 2 – x on the same set of axes for Solution

–2  x  2 .
95 10
M a (b) Explain why all the solutions of the equation 4 cos x = 2 – x must lie between
x = –2 and x = 6.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric functions
NESA 1995 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 9  1 1 Solution
(a) Show that x = is a solution of sin x = tan x.
99 10 3 2
M a (b) On the same set of axes, sketch the graphs of the functions y = sin x and 2
1
y= tan x for –  x  .
2
1  
(c) Hence find all solutions of sin x = tan x for – <x< . 1
2 2 2
1   2
(c) Use your graphs to solve sin x  tan x for – <x< .
2 2 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 1999 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 10 The graph of y = 3 cos(2x + ) can be obtained from the graph of y = cos x by a Solution

translation followed by two dilations.


(a) Describe each of these three transformations, and give the number of roots of the
equation 3 cos(2x + ) = k, in the interval 0  x  2, where –3 < k < 3.
(b) Generalise your answer to give the number of roots of the equation
a cos(nx + ) = k in the interval 0  x  2, where a < 0, n is a positive integer
and –a < k < a.
(c) How does your answer to part (b) change if n is a negative integer?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
TG 11 A particle moves in a straight line. At time t seconds its distance x metres from a Solution

fixed point O in the line is given by x = 2 – 2 cos 2t.


(a) Sketch the graph of x as a function of t.
(b) Find the times when the particle is at rest and the position of the particle at those
times.
(c) Describe the motion.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 87

TG 12 The length of daylight, L(t), is defined as the number of hours from sunrise to Solution

 2 t 
sunset, and can be modelled by the equation L(t) = 12 + 2 cos   , where t is
18 15  366 
M a the number of days after 21 December 2015, for 0  t  366.
(a) Find the length of daylight on 21 December 2015. 1
(b) What is the shortest length of daylight? 1
(c) What are the two values of t for which the length of daylight is 11? 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG
X 13 When humans breathe, they do not inflate their lungs to full capacity. When resting, each Solution

inhalation adds approximately 0.5 L of air and this same volume of air is removed upon
exhalation. When exhalation is completed, the volume of air that remains in the lungs,
called the functional residual capacity, is approximately 2.2 L. On average the time taken
to complete an inhale-exhale cycle is approximately 5 seconds.
The volume of air in the lungs can be modelled by the function V = k sin (at) + c where V
is the volume of air in litres and t is time in seconds.
2
(a) Use the time for an inhale-exhale cycle to show that the period of this function is .
5
(b) Explain why k = 0.25.
(c) Find the value of c.
(d) Sketch the graph of V = k sin (at) + c for 0  t  15 using these values of k, a and c.
(e) When exercising, the volume of air inhaled and exhaled rises and breathing occurs
more rapidly. Explain the effect this would have on the values of k, a and c.
(f) Humans have a full lung capacity of approximately 6 L. An athlete who is exercising
vigorously inhales approximately 4.6 L of air. Calculate the athlete’s residual lung
capacity.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Trigonometric Functions
17 14 Sketch the curve y = 4 + 3 sin 2x for 0  x  2. 3 Solution

M a
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 13   Solution

M a The population of a herd of wild horses is given by P(t) = 400 + 50 cos  t  , where
6 
t is time in months.
(i) Find all times during the first 12 months when the population equals 2
375 horses.
(ii) Sketch the graph of P(t) for 0  t  12. 2
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 8c The graph shown is y = A sin bx. Solution

M
(i) Write down the value of A. 1
(ii) Find the value of b. 1
(iii) Copy or trace the graph into 2
your writing booklet. On the same
set of axes, draw the graph
y = 3sin x + 1, for 0  x  .

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 88

09 7b Between 5 am and 5 pm on 3 March 2009, the height, h, of the tide in a harbour Solution

M 
was given by h = 1 + 0.7 sin t for 0  t  12, where h is in minutes and t is in
6
hours, with t = 0 at 5 am.
(i) What is the period of the function h? 1
(ii) What was the value of h at low tide, and at what time did low tide occur? 2
(iii) A ship is able to enter the harbour only if the height of the tide is at least
1.35 m. Find all times between 5 am and 5 pm on 3 March 2009 during 3
which the ship was able to enter the harbour.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 6a Solve 2 sin2
x
= 1 for –  x  .
Solution
3
M 3
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 89

Year 12: Calculus


C2.1 Differentiation of Trigonometric, Exponential
and Logarithmic Functions Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

21 13 Find the exact gradient of the tangent to the curve y = x tan x at the point where 3 Solution

MA 
x= .
3
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 23 A population, P, which is initially 5000, varies according to the formula 4 Solution

MA −t
P = 5000b10 , where b is a positive constant and t is time in years, t ≥ 0.
The population is 1250 after 20 years.
Find the value of t, correct to one decimal place, for which the instantaneous rate of
decrease is 30 people per year.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 4 What is the derivative of 52x+3 ? 1 Solution


Band
SP A. 2 × 52x+3 B. (2x + 3) × 5 2x+2
3-4
C. ln 5 × 52x+3 D. ln 5 × 2 × 52x+3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)

MA 16 Differentiate esin( x ) . 2 Solution


Band
SQ NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
3-5
TG 1 An object is attached to the end of a vertical spring. Solution

The object is released at time t = 0 and its position at time t is given by f(t) = 5 cos t.
Find the velocity and acceleration of the object and describe its motion.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 Donald is using the function f(x) = 2.55 + 14.6 ln x to model the percentage of women Solution

in the workforce of the USA, for the years between 1960 and 2002, with x being the
number of years after 1950.
In this context, find and interpret the values of f(12), f ’(12), f(22), f ’(22).
Use your results to describe how the number of women in the workforce has changed
over the time period. Suggest reasons for your answer.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 90

Year 12: Calculus Back

C2.2 Rules of Differentiation


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

MA 10 dy 1 Solution
Band Given the function y = log7 (x x), which expression is equal to ?
SP dx
5-6
1 1 1 1
A. B. × log7 (x x–1) C. D. log7 x +
x ln7 ln 7 x
x ln7 ln 7
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 23 The function f(x) = tan3 x is given. 2 Solution
Band
SP If f’(x) = 3 tanm x + 3 tan2 x, find the value of m.
3-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
TG 1 Find the derivative of: Solution

(a) f(x) = sin (3x + 5)


(b) f(t) = cos2  t

x
(c) y = 5 tan  
7
(d) f(t) = e–0.5t sin 2t
(e) y = 5 log (5 – x)
(f) f(x) = sin xo
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
19 11 Differentiate x2 sin x. 2 Solution

M b
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 5 What is the derivative of sin (ln x)? 1 Solution

M 1  ln x  cos (ln x )


A. cos   B. cos (ln x ) C. cos   D.
x  x  x
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 11 Differentiate x2 tan x. 2 Solution

M f
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 91

18 11 2 Solution
ex
M g Differentiate .
x +1
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 3 What is the derivative of e x ?
2
1 Solution

M 2 2 2
(A) x2 e x (B) 2x e2x (C) 2x e x (D) 2 e x
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 11 sin x 2 Solution
Differentiate .
M c x
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 11 Differentiate x3 ln x. 2 Solution

M d
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 5 What is the derivative of ln (cos x)? 1 Solution

M (A) –sec x (B) –tan x (C) sec x (D) tan x


NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 6 What is the value of the derivative of y = 2 sin 3x – 3 tan x at x = 0? 1 Solution

M (A) –1 (B) 0 (C) 3 (D) –9


NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
x 5
15 11 Differentiate (e + x) . 2 Solution

M e
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 11 Differentiate y = (x + 4) ln x. 2 Solution

M f
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11 x
e ln x 2 Solution

MX f Differentiate .
x
1
NESA 2014 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
13 4 x 1 Solution
What is the derivative of ?
M cos x
cos x + x sin x cos x − x sin x x sin x − cos x − x sin x − cos x
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2
cos x cos 2 x cos x 2
cos 2 x
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
8 Solution
13 11 Differentiate (sin x – 1) . 2
M c
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
2 x
13 11 Differentiate x e . 2 Solution

M d
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
2x 5
12 11 Differentiate (3 + e ) . 2 Solution

M d
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 12 Differentiate with respect to x: 2 Solution

M a (i) (x – 1) loge x
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 12 Differentiate with respect to x: 2 Solution

M a cos x
(ii)
x2
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
12 11 Differentiate x tan x with respect to x. 2 Solution

MX b
NESA 2012 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 92

11 1d Differentiate ln(5x + 2) with respect to x. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 4a x 2 Solution
Differentiate with respect to x.
M sin x
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 1b 2
sin x 2
Solution

MX Differentiate with respect to x.


x
NESA 2011 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
10 1e Differentiate x2 tan x with respect to x. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 2a 2 Solution
cos x
Differentiate with respect to x.
M x
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 2a Differentiate with respect to x: (i) x sin x. 2 Solution

NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 2a Differentiate with respect to x: (ii) (ex + 1)2. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
09 1e Differentiate x cos x. 2 Solution

MX
NESA 2009 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
2
08 2a (ii) Differentiate with respect to x: x logex 2 Solution

M
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 2a sin x 2 Solution
(iii) Differentiate with respect to x:
M x+4
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 2a 2 Solution
2x
(i) Differentiate with respect to x: .
M ex + 1
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 2a (ii) Differentiate with respect to x: (1 + tan x)10. 2 Solution

NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination


06 2a Differentiate with respect to x: Solution

M (i) x tan x 2
sin x 2
(ii) .
x +1
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2b Differentiate with respect to x: 2 Solution

M (i) x sin x
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 93

Year 12: Calculus


C3.1 The First and Second Derivatives Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 25 Let f(x) = sin (2x). 3


Solution

MA
Find the value of x, for 0 < x < , for which f ’(x) = − 3 AND f ’’(x) = 2.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 7 The diagram shows part of y = f(x) which has a 1 Solution

MA local minimum at x = −2 and a local


maximum at x = 3.
Which of the following shows the correct
relationship between f’’ (–2), f (0) and f’ (–3)?
A. f (0) < f’ (–3) < f’’ (–2)
B. f (0) < f’’ (–2) < f’ (–3)
C. f’’ (–2) < f’ (–3) < f (0)
D. f’’ (–2) < f (0) < f’ (–3)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 94

20 8 The graph of y = f(x) is shown. 1 Solution

MA
Which of the following inequalities is correct?
A. f’’ (1) < 0 < f’ (1) < f(1)
B. f’’ (1) < 0 < f(1) < f’ (1)
C. 0 < f’’ (1) < f’ (1) < f(1)
D. 0 < f’’ (1) < f(1) < f’ (1)
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 10 The graph shows two functions y = f(x) and 1 Solution

MA y = g(x).
Define h(x) = f (g(x)).
How many stationary points does y = h(x) have
for 1  x  5?
A. 0 B. 1
C. 2 D. 3

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 16 Sketch the graph of the curve y = –x + 3x2 – 1, labelling the stationary points and
3
4 Solution

MA point of inflection. Do NOT determine the x intercepts of the curve.


NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 29 The diagram shows the graph of y = c ln x, Solution

MA c > 0.
(a) Show that the equation of the tangent to 2
y = c ln x, at x = p, where p > 0 is
c
y= x – c + c ln p.
p
(b) Find the value of c such that the tangent 2
from part (a) has a gradient of 1 and
passes through the origin.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 2 At which point on this curve are 1 Solution


Band
SP the first and second derivatives
2-3
BOTH negative?

A. A
B. B
C. C
D. D

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


TG 1 Sketch the graph of the function f(x) = x3 + 3x2 – 9x – 9 by identifying stationary points Solution

and determining their nature.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 95

TG 2 1 Solution
By considering the sign of the first derivative, show that the function f(x) = is
3x − 2
decreasing throughout its domain.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
18 9 The diagram shows the graph of y = f ’(x), 1 Solution

M the derivative of a function.


For what value of x does the graph of the
function f(x) have a point of inflexion?
A. x = a B. x = b
C. x = c D. x = d

NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination


17 4 The function f(x) is defined for a  x  b. On this interval, f ’(x) > 0 and f’’(x) < 0. 1 Solution

M Which graph best represents y = f(x)?


(A) (B) (C) (D)

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 9 The diagram shows the 1 Solution

MX graph of y = f(x). Which of


1 the following x is a correct
statement?
(A) f ’’(1) < f(1) < 1 < f ’(1)
(B) f ’’(1) < f ’(1) < f(1) < 1
(C) f(1) < 1 < f ’(1) < f ’’(1)
(D) f ’(1) < f(1) < 1 < f ’’(1)

Not to scale
NESA 2016 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
14 14 The diagram shows the graph 3 Solution

M e of a function f(x).
The graph has a horizontal
point of inflexion at A, a point
of inflexion at B and a
maximum turning point at C.

Sketch the graph of the


derivative f ’(x).

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 96

13 8 The diagram shows the points A, B, C and D 1 Solution

M on the graph y = f(x).

At which point is f ’ (x) > 0 and f ’’ (x) = 0.


(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination


3 2
13 12 The cubic y = ax + bx + cx + d has a point of inflexion at x = p. 2 Solution

M a b
Show that p = − .
3a
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 4 The diagram shows the graph of y = f(x). 1 Solution

M Which of the following statements is true?


(A) f ’(a) > 0 and f ’’(a) < 0

(B) f ’(a) > 0 and f ’’(a) > 0

(C) f ’(a) < 0 and f ’’(a) < 0

(D) f ’(a) < 0 and f ’’(a) > 0


NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 9c The graph y = f(x) in the diagram 3 Solution

M has a stationary point when x = 1, a


point of inflexion when x = 3, and a
horizontal asymptote y = –2.
Sketch the graph y = f ’(x), clearly
indicating its features at x = 1 and
at x = 3, and the shape of the graph
as x →  .

NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 8a The diagram shows the graph of a Solution

M function y = f(x).
(i) For which values of x is the 1
derivative, f ’(x), negative?
(ii) What happens to f ’(x) for large 1
values of x?
(iii) Sketch the graph of 2
y = f ’(x).
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 97

Year 12: Calculus


C3.2 Applications of the Derivative Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 20 A scientist is studying the growth of bacteria.


Solution

MA The scientist models the number of bacteria, N, by the equation N(t) = 200e0.013t,
where t is the number of hours after starting the experiment.
(a) What is the initial number of bacteria in the experiment? 1
(b) What is the number of bacteria 24 hours after starting the experiment? 1
(c) What is the rate of increase in the number of bacteria 24 hours after starting the 2
experiment?
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 22 Find the global maximum and minimum values of y = x3 − 6x2 + 8, 4


Solution

MA where −1 ≤ x ≤ 7.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 23 The depth of water in a bay rises and falls with the tide.
Solution

MA On a particular day the depth of the water, d metres, can be modelled by the
equation
 4 
d = 1.3 − 0.6 cos  t  , where t is the time in hours since low tide.
 25 
(a) Find the depth of water at low tide and at high tide. 2
(b) What is the time interval, in hours, between two successive low tides? 1
(c) For how long between successive low tides will the depth of water beat least 3
1 metre?
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 98

22 27 Let f(x) = xe–2x.


Solution

MA It is given that f ’(x) = e–2x – 2xe–2x.


(a) Show that f ’’(x) = 4(x – 1)e–2x. 2
(b) Find any stationary points of f(x) and determine their nature. 2
(c) Sketch the curve y = xe–2x, showing any stationary points, points of inflection 3
and intercepts with the axes.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 31 A line passes through the point P(1, 2) and meets Solution


NOT TO
MA the axes at X(x, 0) and Y(0, y), where x > 1. SCALE
2x
(a) Show that y = . 2
x −1
(b) Find the minimum value of the area of 4
triangle XOY.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 26 A particle is shot vertically upwards from a point 100 metres above ground level. Solution

MA The position of the particle, y metres above the ground after t seconds, is given by
y(t) = −5t2 + 70t + 100.
(a) Find the maximum height above ground level reached by the particle. 2
(b) Find the velocity of the particle, in metres per second, immediately before it hits 3

the ground, leaving your answer in the form a b , where a and b are integers.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 21 Hot tea is poured into a cup. Solution

MA The temperature of tea can be modelled by T = 25 + 70(1.5)–0.4t, where T is the


temperature of the tea, in degrees Celsius, t minutes after it is poured.
(a) What is the temperature of the tea 4 minutes after it has been poured? 1
(b) At what rate is the tea cooling 4 minutes after it has been poured? 2
(c) How long after the tea is poured will it take for its temperature to reach 55 3
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 99

20 25 A landscape gardener wants to build a Solution

MA garden bed in the shape of a rectangle


attached to a quarter-circle.
Let x and y be the dimensions of the
rectangle in metres, as shown in the
diagram.

The garden bed is required to have an area of 36 m2 and to have a perimeter which
is as small as possible. Let P metres be the perimeter of the garden bed.
72
(a) Show that P = 2x + . 3
x
(b) Find the smallest possible perimeter of the garden bed, showing why this is the 4
minimum perimeter.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 31 The population of mice on an isolated island Solution

MA can be modelled by the function


  
m = a sin  t  + b, where t is the time in
 26 
weeks and 0  t  52. The population of mice
reaches a maximum of 35 000 when t = 13
and a minimum of 5000 when t = 39.
The graph of m(t) is shown.
(a) What are the values of a and b? 2
(b) On the same island, the population of cats can be modelled by the function 3
  
c(t) = –80 cos  (t − 10)  + 120.
 26 
Consider the graph of m(t) and the graph of c(t).
Find the values of t, 0  t  52, for which both populations are increasing.
(c) Find the rate of change of the mice population when the cat population reaches 2
a maximum.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
2 4
MA 14 A function is given by f(x) = 18x – x . Solution
Band
SP (a) Find the stationary points and determine their nature. 4
2-5
(b) Sketch the curve, labelling the stationary points and axis intercepts. 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 100

MA 32 A farmer wishes to make a rectangular 3 Solution

SP Band
enclosure of area 720 m2. She uses an
2-5
existing straight boundary as one side of
16 14 the enclosure. She uses wire fencing for
M c the remaining three sides and also to
divide the enclosure into four equal
rectangular areas of width x m as shown.
720
The total length,  m, of the wire fencing is given by  = 5x + .
x
(Do NOT prove this.)
Find the minimum length of wire fencing required, showing why this is the
minimum length.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 1 By finding stationary points and their nature and intercepts on axes, sketch the curve Solution

y = e–x sin 2x over the domain 0  x  .


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 1 4 Solution
Consider the curve y = x – x3.
4
(a) Find any stationary points and determine their nature.
(b) Find any points of inflection.
(c) Sketch the curve for –1.5  x  4.5, indicating where the curve crosses the
x-axis.
(d) For what values of x is the curve concave down?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 A box without a lid is made by cutting out four equal squares from the corners of a Solution

sheet of heavy card, then folding up the sides.


If the card has dimensions 20 cm by 10 cm, what are the dimensions of the box with
largest volume that can be constructed in this way?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 4 A right circular cone is inscribed in a sphere of Solution

radius a, centred at . The distance from the base


of the cone to the top of the sphere is x and the
06 9c radius of the base is r, as shown in the diagram.
M (a) Show that the volume, V, of the cone is given
1
by V = (2ax2 – x3).
3
(b) Find the value of x for which the volume of
the cone is a maximum.
Give reasons why this value of x gives the
maximum volume.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 10 A particle is moving along a straight line with displacement x at time t. 1 Solution

M The particle is stationary when t = 11 and when t = 13.


Which of the following MUST be true in this case?
A. The particle changes direction at some time between t = 11 and t = 13.
B. The displacement function of the particle has a stationary point at some time
between t = 11 and t = 13.
C. The acceleration of the particle is 0 at some time between t = 11 and t = 13.
D. The acceleration function of the particle has a stationary point at some time
between t = 11 and t = 13.
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 101

19 12 The number of leaves, L(t), on a tree t days after the start of autumn can be Solution

M c modelled by L(t) = 200 000e–0.14t.


(i) What is the number of leaves on the tree when t = 31? 1
(ii) What is the rate of change of the number of leaves on the tree when t = 31? 2
(iii) For what value of t are there 100 leaves on the tree? 2
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 14 The derivative of a function y = f(x) is given by f’ (x) = 3x2 + 2x − 1. Solution

M b (i) Find the x-values of the two stationary points of y = f(x), and determine the 2
nature of the stationary points.
(ii) The curve passes through the point (0, 4). Find an expression for f(x). 2
(iii) Hence sketch the curve, clearly indicating the stationary points. 2
(iv) For what values of x is the curve concave down? 1
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 15 The entry points, R and Q, to a national Solution

M c park can be reached via two straight


access roads. The access roads meet the
national park boundaries at right angles.
The corner, P, of the national park is 8
km from R and 1 km from Q. The
boundaries of the national park form a
right angle at P.
A new straight road is to be built joining
these roads and passing through P.
Points A and B on the access roads are
to be chosen to minimise the distance, D km, from A to B along the new road.
Let the distance QA be x km.
8 3
(i) Show that D2 = (x + 8)2 + ( + 1)2
x
(ii) Show that x = 2 gives the minimum value of D2. 3
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 12  3 Solution
Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = cos 2x at x = .
M b 6
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 13 Consider the curve y = 6x2 – x3. Solution

M a (i) Find the stationary points and determine their nature. 3


(ii) Given that the point (2, 16) lies on the curve, show that it is a point of inflexion. 2
(iii) Sketch the curve, showing the stationary points, the point of inflexion and the 2
x and y intercepts.
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 102

18 16 A sector with radius Solution

M a 10 cm and angle 
is used to form the
curved surface of a
cone with base radius x
cm, as shown in the
diagram.
1 2
The volume of a cone of radius r and height h is given by V = r h.
3
(i) Show that the volume V cm3, of the cone described above is given by 1
1
V =  x2 100 − x2 .
3
dV  x(200 − 3x2 )
(ii) Show that = . 2
dx 3 100 − x2
(iii) Find the exact value of  for which V is a maximum. 3
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 13 Consider the curve y = 2x3 + 3x2 – 12x + 7. Solution

M b (i) Find the stationary points and determine their nature. 4


(ii) Sketch the curve, labelling the stationary points. 2
dy
(iii) Hence, or otherwise, find the values of x for which is positive. 1
dx
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 16 John’s home is at point A and his school Solution

M a is at point B. A straight river runs nearby.


The point on the river closest to A is point
C, which is 5 km from A. The point on the
river closest to B is point D, which is 7 km
from B. The distance from C to D is 9 km.
To get some exercise, John cycles from
home directly to point E on the river, x
km from C, before cycling directly to
school at
B, as shown in the diagram.
The total distance John cycles from home to school is L km.
(i) Show that L = x 2 + 25 + 49 + (9 − x)2 . 1

dL
(ii) Show that if = 0, then sin  = sin . 3
dx
(iii) Find the value of x such that sin  = sin . 2
(iv) Explain why this value of x gives a minimum for L. 1

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 11  2 Solution
Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve y = tan x at the point where x = .
M f 8
Give your answer correct to 3 significant figures.
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 103

16 13 Consider the function y = 4x3 – x4. Solution

M a (i) Find the two stationary points and determine their nature. 4
(ii) Sketch the graph of the function, clearly showing the stationary points and 2
the x and y intercepts.
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 16 Some yabbies are introduced into a small dam. The size of the population, y, of Solution

M b 200
yabbies can be modelled by the function y = , where t is the time in
1 + 19e − 0.5t
months after the yabbies are introduced into the dam.
1900e −0.5t 2
(i) Show that the rate of growth of the size of the population is .
(1 + 19e − 0.5t )2
(ii) Find the range of the function y, justifying your answer. 2
(iii) Show that the rate of growth of the size of the population can be rewritten 1
y
as (200 – y).
400
(iv) Hence, find the size of the population when it is growing at its fastest rate. 2

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


3 2 Solution
15 13 Consider the curve y = x – x – x + 3.
M c (i) Find the stationary points and determine their nature. 4
1 70
(ii) Given that the point P( , ) lies on the curve, prove that there is a point of 2
3 27
inflexion at P.
(iii) Sketch the curve, labelling the stationary points, point of inflexion and 2
y-intercept.
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 16 The diagram shows a cylinder of radius x and height y Solution

M c inscribed in a cone of radius R and height H, where R and


H are constants.
1
The volume of a cone of radius r and height h is  r2h.
3
The volume of a cylinder of radius r and height h is  r2h.
(i) Show that the volume, V, of the cylinder can be 3
H
written as V =  x2(R – x).
R
(ii) By considering the inscribed cylinder of maximum 4
volume, show that the volume of any inscribed cylinder does not exceed
4
of the volume of the cone.
9
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 14 Find the coordinates of the stationary point on the graph y = ex – ex and determine 3 Solution

M a its nature.
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 104

14 16 The diagram shows a window consisting of two sections. Solution

M c The top section is a semicircle of diameter x m. The bottom


section is a rectangle of width x m and height y m.
The entire frame of the window, including the piece that
separates the two sections, is made using 10 m of thin metal.
The semicircular section is made of coloured glass and the
rectangular section is made of clear glass.
Under test conditions the amount of light coming through one
square metre of the coloured glass is 1 unit and the amount of
light coming through one square metre of the clear glass is
3 units. The total amount of light coming through the window under test conditions
is L units.
  2
(i) Show that y = 5 – x 1 +  .
 4
 5  2
(ii) Show that L = 15x – x2  3 + .
 8 
(iii) Find the values of x and y that maximise the amount of light coming through 3
the window under test conditions.
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 10 A particle is moving along the x-axis. The displacement of the particle at time 1 Solution

M . ..
t seconds is x metres. At a certain time, x = –3 m s–1 and x = 2 m s–2.
Which statement describes the motion of the particle at that time?
(A) The particle is moving to the right with increasing speed.
(B) The particle is moving to the left with increasing speed.
(C) The particle is moving to the right with decreasing speed.
(D) The particle is moving to the left with decreasing speed.
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
o Solution
13 14 Two straight roads meet at R at an angle of 60 .
M b At time t = 0 car A leaves R on one road, and car
B is 100 km from R on the other road. Car A
travels away from R at a speed of 80 km/h, and
car B travels towards R at a speed of 50 km/h.
The distance between the cars at time t hours
is r km.
(i) Show that r2 = 12 900t2 – 18 000t + 10 000. 2
(ii) Find the minimum distance between the cars. 3
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 14 4
A function is given by f(x) = 3x + 4x – 12x . 3 2 Solution

M a (i) Find the nature of the stationary points of f(x) and determine their nature. 3
(ii) Hence, sketch the graph of y = f(x) showing the stationary points. 2
(iii) For what values of x is the function increasing? 1
(iv) For what values of k will 3x4 + 4x3 – 12x2 + k = 0 have no solution? 1
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 105

12 16 The diagram shows a point T on the unit circle Solution

M b x2 + y2 = 1 at angle  from the positive x-



axis, where 0 <  < . The tangent to the
2
circle at
T is perpendicular to OT, and intersects the
x-axis at P, and the line y = 1 at Q. The line
y = 1 intersects the y-axis at B. 2
(i) Show that the equation of the line PT is
x cos  + y sin  = 1. 1
(ii) Find the length of BQ in terms of . 2
(iii) Show that the area, A, of the
2 − sin 
trapezium OPQB is given by A = .
2 cos 
(iv) Find the angle  that gives the minimum area of the trapezium. 3
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 7a Let f(x) = x3 – 3x + 2. Solution

M (i) Find the coordinates of the stationary points of y = f(x), and determine their 3
nature.
(ii) Hence, sketch the graph y = f(x) showing all stationary points and the 2
y-intercept.
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
–x –2x
11 4a Consider the function f(x) = e – 2e . Solution

MX (i) Find f’ (x) 1


1 (ii) The graph y = f(x) has one maximum turning point. 2
Find the coordinates of the maximum turning point.
(iii) Evaluate f (ln 2). 1
(iv) Describe the behaviour of f(x) as x →  .
1
(v) Find the y-intercept of the graph y = f(x) 1
(vi) Sketch the graph y = f(x) showing the features from parts (ii) – (v). You 2
are not required to find any points of inflexion.
NESA 2011 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination
11 10 A farmer is fencing a paddock using P metres of fencing. Solution

M b The paddock is to be in the shape of a sector of a circle


with radius r and sector  in radians, as shown in the
diagram.
(i) Show that the length of fencing required to fence 1
the perimeter of the paddock is P = r( + 2).
1
(ii) Show that the area of the sector is A = Pr – r2. 1
2
(iii) Find the radius of the sector, in terms of P, that will maximize the area 2
of the paddock.
(iv) Find the angle  that gives the maximum area of the paddock. 1
(v) Explain why it is only possible to construct a paddock in the shape of a 2
P P
sector if <r< .
2( + 1) 2
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 2c Find the gradient of the tangent to the curve y = ln (3x) at the point 2 Solution

M where x = 2.

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 106

10 5a A rainwater tank is to be designed in the shape of a Solution

M cylinder with radius r metres and height h metres.


The volume of the tank is to be 10 cubic metres. Let A
be the surface area of the tank, including its top and
base, in square metres.
(i) Given that A = 2r2 + 2rh, show
20 2
that A = 2r2 + .
r
(ii) Show that A has a minimum value and find the value of r for which the 3
minimum occurs.
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 6a Let ƒ(x) = (x + 2)(x2 + 4). Solution

M (i) Show that the graph of y = ƒ(x) has no stationary points. 2


(ii) Find the values of x for which the graph y = ƒ(x) is concave down, and the 2
values for which it is concave up.
(iii) Sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x), indicating the values of the x and y 2
intercepts.
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 9b An oil rig, S, is 3 km offshore. A power station, P, is on the shore. A cable is to be Solution

M laid from P to S. It costs $1000 per kilometres to lay the cable along the shore and
$2600 per kilometre to lay the cable underwater from the shore to S. The point R
is the point on the shore closest to S, and the distance PR is 5 km. The point Q is
on the shore, at a distance of x km from R, as shown in the diagram.
09 9b (i) Find the total cost of laying 1
x the cable in a straight line
from P to R and then in a
straight line from R
to S.

(ii) Find the cost of laying the cable in a straight line from P to S. 1
(iii) Let $C be the total cost of laying the cable in a straight line from P to Q, 2
and then in a straight line from Q to S.
Show that C = 1000(5 – x + 2.6 x2 + 9 ).
(iv) Find the minimum cost of laying the cable. 3
(v) New technology means that the cost of laying the cable underwater can be 1
reduced to $1100 per kilometre. Determine the path for laying the cable in
order to minimise the cost in this case.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 5a The gradient of a curve is given by
dy
= 1 – 6sin 3x.
Solution
3
M dx
The curve passes through the point (0, 7).
What is the equation of the curve?
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 5c Light intensity is measured in lux. The light intensity at the surface of a lake is 6000 Solution

M lux. The light intensity, I lux, a distance s metres below the surface of the lake is
given by I = Ae-ks where A and k are constants.
(i) Write down the value of A. 1
(ii) The light intensity 6 metres below the surface of the lake is 1000 lux. Find 2
the value of k.
(iii) At what rate, in lux per metre, is the light intensity decreasing 6 metres 2
below the surface of the lake?
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 107

08 6b The graph shows the velocity of a Solution

M particle, v metres per second, as a


function of time, t seconds.
(i) What is the initial velocity of 1
the particle?
(ii) When is the velocity of the 1
particle equal to zero?
(iii) When is the acceleration of 1
the particle equal to zero?
(iv) deleted in Maths Adv

NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 8a Let ƒ(x) = x4 – 8x2. Solution

M (i) Find the coordinates of the points where the graph of y = ƒ(x) crosses the 2
axes.
(ii) Show that ƒ(x) is an even function. 1
(iii) Find the coordinates of the stationary points of y = ƒ(x) and determine their 4
nature.
(iv) Sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x). 1

NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


08 10 Solution
The diagram shows two parallel brick
M b walls KJ and MN joined by a fence
from J to M. The wall KJ is s metres
long and ∠KJM =  The fence JM is l
metres long.
A new fence is to be built from K to a point P somewhere on MN. The new fence KP
will cross the original fence JM at O.
Let OJ = x metres, where 0 < x < l.
(i) Show that the total area, A square metres, enclosed by ΔOKJ and ΔOMP is 3
2
l
given by A = s(x – l + )sin .
2x
(ii) Find the value of x that makes A as small as possible. Justify the fact that 3
this value of x gives the minimum value for A.
(iii) Hence, find the length of MP when A is as small as possible. 1
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 2c The point P( , 0) lies on the curve y = x sin x. 3 Solution

M Find the equation of the tangent to the curve at P.


NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 6b Let ƒ(x) = x4 – 4x3. Solution

M (i) Find the coordinates of the points where the curve crosses the axes. 2
(ii) Find the coordinates of the stationary points and determine their 4
nature.
(iii) Find the coordinates of the points of inflexion. 1
(iv) Sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x), indicating clearly the intercepts, stationary 3
points and points of inflexion.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 108
n
07 7a The graphs of the functions y = kx Solution

MX and y = logex have x = a as shown


1 in the diagram.
(i) By considering gradients, 1
1
show that an = .
nk
(ii) Express k as a function of n 2
by eliminating a.

NESA 2007 Mathematics Extension 1 HSC Examination


07 10 The noise level, N, at a distance d metres from a single sound source of loudness L Solution

M b L
is given by the formula N = 2 .
d

Two sound sources, of loudness L1_and L2_are placed m metres apart.


The point P lies on the line between the sound sources and is x metres from the
sound source with loudness L1.
(i) Write down a formula for the sum of the noise levels at P in terms of x. 1
(ii) There is a point on the line between the sound sources where the sum of 4
the noise levels is a minimum.
Find an expression for x in terms of m, L1 and L2 if P is chosen to be this
point.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 2c Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = cos 2x at the point whose 3 Solution

M 
x-coordinate is .
6
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
06 5a A function ƒ(x) is defined by ƒ(x) = 2x (3 – x). Solution

M (i) Find the coordinates of the turning points of y = ƒ(x) and determine their 3
nature.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point of inflexion. 1
(iii) Hence sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x), showing the turning points, the point of 3
inflexion and the points where the curve meets the x-axis.
(iv) What is the minimum value of ƒ(x) for –1 ≤ x ≤ 4? 1
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 6b A rare species of bird lives only on a remote island. A mathematical model predicts Solution

M that the bird population, P, is given by P = 150 + 300e–0.05t where t is the number
of years after observations began.
(i) According to the model, how many birds were there when observations 1
began?
(ii) According to the model, what will be the rate of change in the bird 2
population ten years after observations began?
(iii) What does the model predict will be the limiting value of the bird population? 1
(iv) The species will become eligible for inclusion in the endangered species list 2
when the population falls below 200. When does the model predict that this
will occur?
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2d Find the equation of the tangent to y = loge x at the point (e, 1). 2 Solution

M
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 109
2
05 4b A function ƒ(x) is defined by ƒ(x) = (x + 3)(x – 9). Solution

M (i) Find all solutions of ƒ(x) = 0. 2


(ii) Find the coordinates of the turning points of the graph y = ƒ(x), and 3
determine their nature.
(iii) Hence sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x), showing the turning points and the 2
points where the curve meets the x-axis.
(iv) For what values of x is the graph of y = ƒ(x) concave down? 1
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 5c Find the coordinates of the point P on the curve y = 2ex + 3x at which the tangent Solution
3
M to the curve is parallel to the line y = 5x – 3.
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 6b A tank initially holds 3600 litres of water. The water drains from the bottom of the Solution

M tank. The tank takes 60 minutes to empty. A mathematical model predicts that the
volume, V litres, of water that will remain in the tank after t minutes is given by
t 2
V = 3600(1 – ) , where 0  t  60.
60
(i) What volume does the model predict will remain after ten minutes? 1
(ii) At what rate does the model predict that the water will drain from the tank 2
after twenty minutes?
(iii) At what time does the model predict that the water will drain from the tank 2
at its fastest rate?
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 8a A cylinder of radius x and height 2h is to be inscribed Solution

M in a sphere of radius R centred at O as shown.


(i) Show that the volume of the cylinder is
given by V = 2h(R2 – h2). 1
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, show that the
cylinder has a maximum volume 3
R
when h = .
3

NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 110

Year 12: Calculus Back

C4.1 The Anti-Derviative


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 6 1 1 Solution

MA
What is  (2x + 1)2 dx ?

−2 −1
A. +C B. +C
2x + 1 2(2x + 1)
1
C. 2 ln (2x + 1) + C D. ln (2x + 1) + C
2
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 18 (a) Differentiate y = (x2 + 1)4. 2


Solution

MA
 x(x
2
(b) Hence, or otherwise, find + 1)3 dx . 1

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 15 0 2 Solution

MA
Evaluate 
−2
2 x + 4 dx.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

 ( e + e ) dx?
20 4 3x 1 Solution
What is
MA
1 3x 1 3x
A. ex + 3e3x + c B. ex + e +c C. e + 3e3x + c D. e + e +c
3 3
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 111

20 17 x 2 Solution

MA
Find 4+x 2
dx.

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 18 (a) Differentiate e2x(2x + 1) 2 Solution

MA
 (x + 1) e 1
2x
(b) Hence, find dx.

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 30 The population, P, of rabbits on an island is given by P(t), where t is the time in 3 Solution
Band
SP years after the rabbits were introduced.
3-5
dP
The rabbit population changes at a rate modelled by the function = 30e1.25t.
dt
Calculate the increase in the number of rabbits at the end of the first 10 years.
Give your answer correct to two significant figures.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 33 A particle is moving along the x-axis. 2 Solution
Band
SP The graph shows its velocity v metres per second
4-6
at time t seconds.

When t = 0 the displacement x is equal to


2 metres.

On the axes draw a graph that shows the


particle’s displacement, x metres from the origin,
at a time t seconds between t = 0 and t = 4.
Label the coordinates of the endpoints of your
graph.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 6 A particle is moving along the x-axis. 1 Solution
Band
SQ The graph shows its velocity v metres per second at
2019 5-6
time t seconds. When t = 0 the displacement x is
equal to 2 metres. What is the maximum value of the
15 9 displacement x?
M

(A) 8 m (B) 14 m
(C) 16 m (D) 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 112

TG 1 dy Solution
A function y(x) has the derivative = 4x3 + x2 – 5x + 1, and y(1) = 6.
dx
Find the function.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 2 Given that the function f(x) has derivative f’ (x) = 4x + 3 and that f(2) = 9, find the Solution

function.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 Determine the anti-derivatives of each function below: Solution

(a) f(x) = (3x – 2)5


1
(b) f(p) =
p
1
(c) f(t) =
t +1
r 5 − 2r 3
(d) g(r) =
r2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 4 The rate of change of the number of internet users in a large country is estimated as Solution

dy
= –2.54t + 31.2, where y is the number of millions of internet users and t is the
dt
number of years since 1995.
(a) If there were 57 million users of the internet in this country in 1997, find the
number of internet users in 2003.
(b) Discuss any limitations of this model, including the implications for large values
of t.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
19 8 A particle is moving along a 1 Solution

M straight line. The graph shows


the acceleration of the particle.
For what value of t is the
velocity v a maximum?
A. 1 B. 2
C. 3 D. 5
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 9 1 Solution
 tan
2
Which expression is equal to x dx?
M
tan3 x 2 tan3 x
A. tan x – x + C B. tan x – 1 + C C. +C D. +C
6 3
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
19 13 (i) Differentiate (ln x) . 2 Solution

M c ln x
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, find  x
dx. 1

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination


19 14 A particle is moving along a straight line. The particle is initially at rest. 2 Solution

M a The acceleration of the particle at time t seconds is given by a = e2t – 4, where t  0.


Find an expression, in terms of t, for the velocity of the particle.
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 113

17 9 The graph of y = f ’(x) is shown. 1 Solution

M The curve y = f(x) has maximum value of 12.


What is the equation of the curve y = f(x)?
(A) y = x2 – 4x + 12
(B) y = 4 + 4x – x2
(C) y = 8 + 4x – x2
(D) y = x2 – 4x + 16

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


17 11 1 Solution
 (2x + 1)
4
Find dx.
M b
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 13 dV 2t Solution
The rate at which water flows into a tank is given by = , where V is the 3
M d dt 1 + t2
volume of water in the tank in litres and t is the time in seconds. Initially the tank is
empty. Find the exact amount of water in the tank after 10 seconds.
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 15 Two particles move along the x-axis. Solution

M c When t = 0, particle P1 is at the origin and moving with velocity 3.


For t  0, particle P1 has acceleration given by a1 = 6t + e–t.
(i) Show that the velocity of particle P1 is given by v1 = 3t2 + 4 – e–t. 2
When t = 0, particle P2 is also at the origin.
For t  0, particle P2 has velocity given by v2 = 6t + 1 – e–t.
(ii) When do the two particles have the same velocity? 2
(iii) Show that the two particles do not meet for t > 0. 3
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 16 A particle moves in a straight line. Solution

M a 4
Its velocity v ms–1 at time t seconds is given by v = 2 – .
t +1
(i) Find the initial velocity. 1
(ii) Find the acceleration of the particle when the particle is stationary. 2
(iii) By considering the behavior of v for large t, sketch a graph of v against t for 2
t  0, showing any intercepts.
(iv) Find the exact distance travelled by the particle in the first 7 seconds. delete 3
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 11 2 Solution
x
M h Find x 2
−3
dx.

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 114

15 14 In a theme park ride, a chair is released from a Solution

M a height of 110 metres and falls vertically.


Magnetic brakes are applied when the velocity
of the chair reaches –37 metres per second.
The height of the chair at time t seconds is
x metres. The acceleration of the chair is given
..
by x = –10. At the release point, t = 0,
.
x = 110 and x = 0.
(i) Using calculus, show that 2
x = –5t2 + 110.
(ii) How far has the chair fallen when the 2
magnetic brakes are applied? Not to scale
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 15 Water is flowing in and out of a rock pool. The volume of water in the pool at time t Solution

M c dV
hours is V litres. The rate of change of the volume is given by = 80 sin (0.5t).
dt
At time t = 0, the volume of water in the pool is 1200 litres and is increasing.
(i) After what time does the volume of water first start to decrease? 2
(ii) Find the volume of water in the pool when t = 3. 2
(iii) What is the greatest volume of water in the pool? 1
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 4 1 Solution
e
2x
Which expression is equal to dx?
M
e 2x e2x +1
(A) e2x + c (B) 2e2x + c (C) +c (D) +c
2 2x + 1
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11 1 2 Solution

M d
Find  (x + 3) 2
dx.

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 11f The gradient function of a curve y = f(x) is given by f ’(x) = 4x – 5. The curve 2 Solution

M passes through the point (2, 3). Find the equation of the curve.
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 13 (i) Differentiate 3 + sin 2x. 1 Solution

M a cos 2 x
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, find  3 + sin 2x dx. 2

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 11 2 Solution

e
4x +1
M e Find dx.

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination


13 14 . Solution

M a The velocity of a particle moving along the x-axis is given by x = 10 – 2t, where
x is the displacement from the origin in metres and t is the time in seconds.
Initially the particle is 5 metres to the right of the origin.
(i) Show that the acceleration of the particle is constant. 1
(ii) Find the time when the particle is at rest. 1
(iii) Show that the position of the particle after 7 seconds is 26 metres to the 2
right of the origin.
(iv) Find the distance travelled by the particle during the first 7 seconds. delete 2
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 115

13 16 The derivative of a function f(x) is f ’(x) = 4x – 3. 3 Solution

M a The line y = 5x – 7 is tangent to the graph of f(x).


Find the function f(x).
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 12 2 Solution
4x
M b Find x 2
+6
dx.

NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination


12 15 . Solution

M b The velocity of a particle is given by x = 1 – 2 cos t, where x is the displacement in


metres and t is the time in seconds.
Initially the particle is 3 m to the right of the origin.
(i) Find the initial velocity of the particle. 1
(ii) Find the maximum velocity of the particle. 1
(iii) Find the displacement, x, of the particle in terms of t. 2
(iv) Find the position of the particle when it is at rest for the first time. 2
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 2e 1 2 Solution

M
Find  3x 2 dx.

NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination


11 4c 2 Solution
dy
The gradient of a curve is given by = 6x – 2. The curve passes through the
M dx
point (–1, 4). What is the equation of the curve?
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 4d Solution
(i) Differentiate y = 9 − x 2 with respect to x. 2
M
6x
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, find 
9 − x2
dx. 2

NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination


11 7b . Solution

M The velocity of a particle moving along the x-axis is given by x = 8 – 8e-2t, where t
is the time in seconds and x is the displacement in metres.
(i) Show that the particle is initially at rest. 1
(ii) Show that the acceleration of the particle is always positive. 1
(iii) Explain why the particle is moving in the positive direction for all t > 0. 2
(iv) As t →  , the velocity of the particle approaches a constant. 1
Find the value of this constant.
(v) Sketch the graph of the particle’s velocity as a function of time. 2
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 9b  t 2 
Solution

M A tap releases liquid A into a tank at the rate of  2 + litres per minute, where
 t + 1 

t is time in minutes. A second tap releases liquid B into the same tank at the rate of
 1 
1 +  litres per minute. The taps are opened at the same time and release the
 t + 1
liquids into an empty tank.
(i) Show that the rate of liquid A is greater than the rate of flow of liquid B by t 1
litres per minute.
(ii) The taps are closed after 4 minutes. By how many litres is the volume of 2
liquid A greater than the volume of liquid B in the tank when the taps are
closed?
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 116

10 2d 2 Solution

M
(i) Find  5x + 1 dx.
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 2d 2 Solution
x
M
(ii) Find  4 + x2 dx.

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


10 7a .. Solution

M The acceleration of a particle is given by x = 4 cos 2t, where x is displacement in


metres and t is time in seconds. Initially the particle is at the origin with a velocity
of 1 m s-1.
.
(i) Show that the velocity of the particle is given by x = 2 sin 2t + 1. 2
(ii) Find the time when the particle first comes to rest. 2
(iii) Find the displacement, x, of the particle in terms of t. 2
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 2b 1 Solution

M
(i) Find
5 dx.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 2b 3 2 Solution

M
(ii) Find
 (x − 6)2 dx.

NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination


09 7a .. Solution

M The acceleration of a particle is given by x = 8e-2t + 3e-t, where x is displacement in


metres and t is time in seconds.
Initially its velocity is -6 ms-1 and its displacement is 5 m.
(i) Show that the displacement of the particle is given by 2
x = 2e-2t + 3e-t + t.
(ii) Find the time when the particle comes to rest. 3
(iii) Find the displacement when the particle comes to rest. 1
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 2c dx 1 Solution

M
(i) Find
 x +5
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 2b 2 Solution

M
(i) Find  (1 + cos 3x) dx.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 5b A particle is moving on the x-axis and is initially at the origin. Its velocity, Solution

M v metres per second, at time t seconds is given by v =


2t
.
16 + t 2
(i) What is the initial velocity of the particle? 1
(ii) Find an expression for the acceleration of the particle. 2
(iii) Find the time when the acceleration of the particle is zero. 1
(iv) Find the position of the particle when t = 4. 3
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 117

06 9b During a storm, water flows into a 7000-litre tank at a rate of


dV
litres per minute,
Solution

M dt
dV
where = 120 + 26t – t2 and t is the time in minutes since the storm began.
dt
(i) At what times is the tank filling at twice the initial rate? 2
(ii) Find the volume of water that has flowed into the tank since the start of the 1
storm as a function of t.
(iii) Initially, the tank contains 1500 litres of water. When the storm 2
finishes, 30 minutes after it began, the tank is overflowing. How many litres
of water have been lost?
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
2
05 1c Find a primitive of 4 + sec x. 2 Solution

M
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2c 6x 2 2 Solution

M (i) Find  x3 + 1 dx

NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 118

Year 12: Calculus Back

C4.2 Areas and the Definite Integral


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 119

22 8 The graph of the even function y = f(x) is 1 Solution


NOT TO
MA shown. SCALE
1
The area of the shaded region A is and
2
3
the area of the shaded region B is .
2
2
What is the value of  f (x) dx ?
−2
A. 4 B. 2 C. –2 D. –4
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 13 Use two applications of the trapezoidal rule to find an approximate value of 2 Solution

MA 2

 1 + x2 dx .
0
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 16 The parabola y = x2 meets the line y = 2x + 3 at 3 Solution

MA the points (–1, 1) and (3, 9) as shown in the


diagram.

Find the area enclosed by the parabola and the


line.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


2 2
22 2 The graph of the circle x + y = 2 is shown. The Solution
NOT TO
MA 8 interval connecting the origin, O, and the point SCALE
(1, 1) makes an angle  with the positive x-axis.
(a) By considering the value of , find the exact 2
area of the shaded region, as shown on the
diagram.

a
Part of the hyperbola y = – 1 which passes
b−x NOT TO
SCALE
through the points (0, 0) and (1, 1) is drawn with
the circle x2 + y2 = 2 as shown.
(b) Show that a = b = 2. 2
(c) Using parts (a) and (b), find the exact area of 3
the region bounded by the hyperbola, the
positive x-axis and the circle as shown on the
diagram.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 120

21 24 3 3 Solution
The curve y = intersects the line
MA x −1
3
y= x at the point (2, 3). The region bounded
2
3 3
by the curve y = , the line y = x , the
x −1 2
x-axis and the line x = 4 is shaded in the
diagram.
Find the exact area of the shaded region.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 27 Kenzo has a solar powered phone charger. Its power, P, can be modelled by the Solution

MA   
function P(t) = 400 sin  t  , 0 ≤ t ≤ 12, where t is the number of hours after
 12 
sunrise.
(a) Sketch the graph of P for 0 ≤ t ≤ 12. 2
Power is the rate of change of energy. Hence the amount of energy, E units,
generated by the solar powered phone charger from t = a to t = b, where
b
0 ≤ a ≤ b ≤ 12 is given by E =  P(t ) dt.
a

4800  a b 
(b) Show that E = cos − cos .
  12 12  2

(c) To make a phone call, a phone battery needs at least 300 units of energy. 3
Kenzo
woke up 3 hours after sunrise and found that his phone battery had no units of
energy. He immediately began to use his solar powered charger to charge his
phone battery.
Find the least amount of time he needed to wait before he could make a phone
call. Give your answer correct to the nearest minute. 1
(d) The next day, Kenzo woke up 6 hours after sunrise and again found that his
phone battery had no units of energy. He immediately began to use his solar
powered charger to charge his phone battery.
Would it take more time or less time or the same amount of time, compared to
the answer in part (c), to charge his phone battery in order to make a phone
call? Explain your answer by referring to the graph drawn in part (a).
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 121

21 28 The region bounded by the Solution

MA graph of the function


f(x) = 8 − 2x and the
coordinate axes is shown.

7
(a) Show that the exact area of the shaded region is given by 24 − . 3
ln 2
(b) A new function g(x) is found by taking the graph of y = −f(−x) and translating it 2
by 5 units to the right.
Sketch the graph of y = g(x) showing the x-intercept and the asymptote.
5
1
(c) Hence, find the exact value of  g(x) dx.
2

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 7 The diagram shows the graph y = f(x), 1 Solution

MA which is made up of line segments and a


semicircle.
12
What is the value of  f (x) dx?
0

A. 24 + 2 B. 24 + 4

C. 30 + 2 D. 30 + 4

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 13 
2 Solution
4
MA
 sec
2
Evaluate x dx.
0

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 20 Kenzo is driving his car along a road while 2 Solution

MA his friend records the velocity of the car,


v(t), in km/h every minute over a 5-minute
period. The table gives the velocity v(t), at
time t hours.
The distance covered by the car over the
5
60
5-minute period is given by  v (t ) dt.
0

Use the trapezoidal rule and the velocity at each of the six time values to find the
approximate distance in kilometres the car has travelled in the 5-minute period.
Give your answer correct to one decimal place,
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 122

20 30 The diagram shows two parabolas y = 4x – x2 Solution

MA and y = ax2, where a > 0.


The two parabolas intersect at the origin, O,
and at A.
4 2
(a) Show that the x-coordinate of A is .
a+1
(b) Find the value of a such that the shaded 4
16
area is .
3

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 18 The diagram shows a continuous Solution


Band
SP function y = f(x) defined in the domain
2-5
[–2, 10].
The function consists of a quarter of a
circle centred at (0, 0) with radius 2,
a straight line segment and a
logarithmic function f(x) = ln (x – 2) in
the domain [3, 10].
(a) Find the exact area bounded by the 2
function y = f(x) and the x-axis in
the domain [–2, 3].
10 10
(b) Hence, find the exact value of  ln(x − 2) dx, given that  f (x) dx = 8 ln 8 – 10 – 2
3 −2
.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 35 The diagram shows the curves y = sin x 4 Solution
Band
SP and y = 3 cos x.
3-6

Find the area of the shaded region.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 38 A cable is freely suspended Solution
Band
SP between two 10 m poles, as
3-6
shown. The poles are 100 m apart
and the minimum height of the
cable is 8 metres.
The height of the cable is given as
y = c(ekx + e–kx), where c and k
are positive constants.
(a) Show that the value of c is 4. 1
ln 2
(b) Use the result in part (a) to show that one value of k is . 4
50
(c) Hence find the area between the poles, the cable and the ground. 3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 123

MA 11 (a) Sketch the graph of y = ln x in the space provided. 1 Solution


Band
SQ (b) Use the trapezoidal rule with three function values to find an approximation 2
2019 2-5
3
to  ln x dx.
1
(c) State whether the approximation found in part (b) is greater than or less 1
3
than the exact value of  ln x dx. Justify your answer.
1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 The graph represents the function y
Solution

y = f(x).
10
8
Use the graph to evaluate the 6
10 4
integral  f (x) dx. 2
0
0 x
0 5 10

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus


TG 2 The graph represents the function y
Solution

y = g(x).
3

Use the formula for the area of a


3
circle to find  g(x) dx.
0
O 3 x
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 3 The following table shows the velocity Solution

(in metres per second) of a moving object Time 30 40 50 60 70


evaluated at 10-second intervals.
Velocity 0 4.6 5.7 8 9.9
Use the trapezoidal rule to obtain an estimate
of the distance travelled by the object over
the time interval 30  t  70.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 4 An object is moving on the x-axis. Solution

dx
The graph shows the velocity, , of the
07 10 dt
M a object as a function of time t.
The coordinates of the points shown on the
graph are A(2, 1), B(4, 5), C(5, 0) and
D(6, –5 ).
The velocity is constant for t  6.
(a) Use the trapezoidal rule to estimate the
distance travelled between t = 0 and
t = 4, using 2 strips*. *: projectmaths
(b) The object is initially at the origin.
When is the displacement of the object decreasing?
(c) Estimate the time at which the object returns to the origin. Justify your answer.
(d) Sketch the displacement x as a function of time.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 124

TG 5 Find the area bounded by the graph of y = 3x2 + 6, the x-axis, and the lines Solution

x = –2 and x = 2.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 6 2 Solution

x
3
(a) Show that dx = 0.
−2
(b) Explain why this is not representative of the area bounded by the graph of y = x3,
the x-axis, and the lines x = –2 and x = 2.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
TG 7 Find the area bounded by the line y = 5 and the curve y = x2 – 4. Solution

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus


TG 8 Solution

 8x
3
Given Q(x) = dx, and Q(0) = 5, determine Q(x).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus


TG 9 Sketch the region bounded by the curve y = x2 and the lines y = 4, y = 9. Solution

Evaluate the area of this region.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Calculus
19 11 1
1 3 Solution

M e
Evaluate 0 (3x + 2)2 dx.
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 12 3x 2 Solution
The diagram shows the graph of y = .
M d x +1 2

The region enclosed by the graph, the x-axis


and the line x = 3 is shaded.
Calculate the exact value of the area of the
shaded region.

NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination


19 16 A particle moves in a straight line, starting at the origin. 3 Solution

M b Its velocity, v ms–1, is given by v = ecos t – 1, where t is in


seconds.
The diagram shows the graph of the velocity against time.
Using one application of Trapezoidal rule*, estimate the

position of the particle when it first comes to rest. Give your answer correct to two
decimal places. *Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 16 The diagram shows the region R, bounded by the curve Solution

M c y = xr, where r  1, the x-axis and the tangent to the


curve at the point (1, 1).
(i) Show that the tangent to the curve at (1, 1) meets 2
r −1
the x-axis at ( , 0).
r
(ii) Using the result of part (i), or otherwise, show that 2
r −1
the area of the region R is .
2r (r + 1)
(iii) Find the exact value of r for which the area of R is a 3
maximum.
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 125

18 7 The diagram shows 1 Solution

M the graph of y = f(x)


with intercepts at
x = –1, 0, 3 and 4.
The area of shaded
region R1 is 2.
The area of shaded
region R2 is 3.
4 3
It is given that  f (x ) dx = 10. What is the value of  f (x) dx?
0 −1
A. 5 B. 9 C. 11 D. 15
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 10  2 1 Solution

M A trigonometric function f(x) satisfies the condition  f (x) dx   f (x) dx.


0 
Which function could f(x) be?
x x
A. f(x) = sin (2x) B. f(x) = cos (2x) C. f(x) = sin   D. f(x) = cos  
2 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 11 3 2 Solution

e
5x
M e Evaluate dx.
0
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 15 The diagram shows the region bounded by 3 Solution

M b 1 NOT TO SCALE
the curve y = and the lines x = 0,
x +3
x = 45 and y = 0. The region is divided
into two parts of equal area by the line
x = k, where k is a positive integer. What
is the value of the integer k, given that
the two parts have equal area?
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 126

18 15 The shaded region is enclosed by the Solution

M c curve y = x3 – 7x and the line y = 2x as


shown in the diagram. The line y = 2x
meets the curve y = x3 – 7x at O(0, 0)
and A(3, 6). DO NOT prove this.
(i) Use integration to find the area of 2
the shaded region.
(ii) Verify that one application of 2
Simpson’s rule gives the exact area
of the shaded region. Not in Maths A NOT TO SCALE
The point P is chosen on the curve
y = x3 – 7x so that the tangent at P is
parallel to the line y = 2x and the x-coordinate of P is positive.
(iii) Show that the coordinates of P are ( 3 ,–4 3 ). 2
(iv) Find the area of  OAP. Not in Maths A 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 14  Solution
3
M b
(i) Find the exact value of  cos x
0
dx. 1

(ii) Using Trapezoidal rule* with three function values, find an approximation to the 2

3
integral  cos x dx, leaving your answer in terms of  and
0
3.

*Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.


(iii) deleted
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 14 The shaded region shown is 3 Solution

M d enclosed by two parabolas, each


with x-intercepts at x = –1 and
x = 1.
The parabolas have equations
y = 2k(x2 – 1) and y = k(1 – x2),
where k > 0.
Given that the area of the shaded
region is 8, find the value of k.

NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 9 2 1 Solution

M What is the value of  | x + 1 | dx?


−3
5 11 13 17
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 11 1 2 Solution

M d Evaluate 
0
(2x + 1)3 dx.

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 127
3x
16 12 (i) Differentiate y = xe . 1 Solution

M d 2

e
3x
(ii) Hence find the exact value of (3 + 9 x ) dx. 2
0
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 13   3 Solution

M d The curve y = 2 cos  x  meets the line


4 
y = x at P(1, 1), as shown in the diagram.

Find the exact value of the shaded area.

NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination


16 14 The diagram shows the cross-section of a tunnel and a proposed enlargement. 3 Solution

a The heights, in metres, of the


existing section at 1 metre intervals
are shown in Table A.

The heights, in metres, of the


proposed enlargement are shown in
Table B.

Use the Trapezoidal rule* with the measurements given to calculate the
approximate increase in area. *Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 7 The diagram shows the parabola 1 Solution

M y = 4x – x2 meeting the line y = 2x at


(0, 0) and (2, 4). Which expression
gives the area of the shaded region
bounded by the parabola and the line?
2 2

 x 2 − 2x dx  2x − x
2
(A) (B) dx
0 0
4 4

x  2x − x
2 2
(C) − 2x dx (D) dx
0 0

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 128

15 10 The diagram shows the area under the curve 1 Solution

M 2
y= from x = 1 to x = d. What value of d
x
makes the shaded area equal to 2?

(A) e (B) e + 1
(C) 2e (D) e3

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination


15 11  2 Solution
4
M g
Evaluate  cos 2x
0
dx.

NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination


15 16 The diagram shows the curve with equation Solution

M a y = x2 – 7x + 10. The curve intersects the x-axis at


points A and B. The point C on the curve has the
y-coordinate as the y-intercept of the curve.
(i) Find the x-coordinates of points A and B. 1
(ii) Write down the coordinates of C. 1
2

 (x
2
(iii) Evaluate − 7 x + 10) dx. 1
0
(iv) Hence, or otherwise, find the area of the 2
shaded region.
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 11  3 Solution
2
M e x
Evaluate  sin 2
0
dx.

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


2
14 12 The parabola y = –2x + 8x and Solution

M d the line y = 2x intersect at the


origin and at the point A.
(i) Find the x-coordinate of the 1
point A.
(ii) Calculate the area enclosed 3
by the parabola and the
line.

NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination


14 16 Use the Trapezoidal rule* with five function values to show that 3 Solution

M a 
3
 4
 sec dx  6
[3 +
3
]. *Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.

3
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 11 1 3 Solution
x2
M f Evaluate x
0
3
+1
dx.

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 129

13 13 The diagram shows the graphs of the functions Solution

M b f(x) = 4x3 – 4x2 + 3x and g(x) = 2x.

The graphs meet at O and at T.

(i) Find the x-coordinate of T. 1

(ii) Find the area of the shaded region 3


between the graphs of the functions f(x)
and g(x).
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 14 The diagram shows the graph y = f(x). 1 Solution

M d
What is the value of a, where a > 0,
a
so that  f (x) dx = 0.
−a

NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination


12 9 4
1 1 Solution

M What is the value of 


1
3x
dx ?

1 1
(A) ln 3 (B) ln 4 (C) ln 9 (D) ln 12
3 3
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 10 The graph of y = f(x) has been 1 Solution

M drawn to scale for 0  x  8.


Which of the following integrals
has the greatest value?
1 2
(A)  f (x) dx
0
(B)  f (x)
0
7 8
(C)  f (x)
0
(D)  f (x)
0

NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination


12 11  3 Solution
2
M g x
 sec
2
Find dx.
2
0
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 130

12 12 At a certain location a river is 12 Solution

M d metres wide. At this location the


depth of the river, in metres, has
been measured at 3 metre
intervals. The cross-section is
shown.
(i) Use Trapezoidal Rule* 3
with the five depth
measurements to calculate the approximate area of the cross-section.
*Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.
(ii) The river flows at 0.4 metres per second. Calculate the approximate volume 1
of water flowing through the cross-section in 10 seconds.
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 13 The diagram shows the Solution

M b parabolas y = 5x – x2 and
y = x2 – 3x. The parabolas
intersect at the origin O and the
point A. The region between the
two parabolas is shaded.
(i) Find the x-coordinate of 1
the point A.
(ii) Find the area of the 3
shaded region.

NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination


11 4b e3 2 Solution
5
M Evaluate  x
dx.
e
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 5c The table gives the speed v of a 3 Solution

M jogger at time t in minutes over


a 20-minute period. The speed v

is measured in metres per minute, in intervals of 5 minutes. The distance covered


20
by the jogger over the 20-minute period is given by  v dt.
0
Use Trapezoidal Rule* and the speed at each of the five time values to find the
approximate distance the jogger covers in the 20-minute period.
*Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 131

11 6c The diagram shows the graph Solution

M y = 2 cos x.

(i) State the coordinates of P. 1


(ii) Evaluate the integral 2

2

 2 cos x dx.
0
(iii) Indicate which area in the diagram, A, B, C or D, is represented by the 1
2
integral  2 cos x dx.
3
2
(iii) Using parts (ii) and (iii), or otherwise, find the area of the region 1
bounded by the curve y = 2 cos x and the x-axis, between x = 0
and x = 2.
2
(v) Using the parts above, write down the value of  2 cos x dx.

1

2
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 2e 6 2 Solution

M Given that  (x + k ) dx = 30, and k is a constant, find the value of k.


0
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 3b (i) Sketch the curve y = ln x. 1 Solution

M (ii) Use the trapezoidal rule with three function values to find an 2
3
approximation to  ln x dx.
1
(iii) State whether the approximation found in (ii) is greater than or less than the 1
3
exact value of  ln x dx. Justify your answer.
1
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 4b 3 Solution
2x –x
M The curves y = e and y = e
intersect at the point (0, 1) as
shown in the diagram.

Find the exact area enclosed by the


curves and the line x = 2.

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 132

10 5c 3 Solution

M 1
The diagram shows the curve y = ,
x
for x > 0.
The area under the curve between
x = a and x = 1 is A1. The area under the
curve between x = 1 and x = b is A2.
The area A1 and A2 are each equal to 1
square unit.
Find the values of a and b.

NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination


10 9b Solution
Let y = f(x) be a function defined for
M 0  x  6, with f(0) = 0. The diagram
shows the graph of the derivative of f, y = f
’(x). The shaded region A1 has area 4 square
units. The shaded region A2 has area 4
square units.
(i) For which values of x is f(x) 1
increasing?
(ii) What is the maximum value of f(x)? 1
(iii) Find the value of f(6). 1

(iv) Draw a graph of y = f(x) for 0  x  6. 2


NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 2b 4 3 Solution

x
2
M (iii) Find + x dx.
1
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 3d The diagram shows a block of land and 3 Solution

M its dimensions, in metres. The block of


land is bounded on one side by a river.
Measurements are taken perpendicular
to the line AB, from AB to the river, at
equal intervals of 50 m.
Use Trapezoidal Rule* with six
subintervals to find an approximation
to the area of the block of land.
*Changed from Simpson’s rule by (not to scale)
projectmaths.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 2c  3 Solution

M 12

 sec
2
(ii) Evaluate 3x dx.
0
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 3b (i) Differentiate loge(cos x) with respect to x. 2 Solution

M 
4
(ii) Hence, or otherwise, evaluate
 tan x dx. 2
0
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 133

08 4c Consider the parabola x2 = 8(y – 3). 3 Solution

M (iv) Calculate the area bounded by the parabola and the line y = 5.
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 9c A beam is supported at (–b, 0)and (b, 0)as shown in the diagram. Solution

It is known that the shape formed by the beam has equation y = ƒ(x), where ƒ(x)
satisfies ƒ ”(x) = k(b2 – x2) (k is a positive constant)
and ƒ’(-b) = -ƒ’(b).
x3 2
(i) Show that ƒ’(x) = k(b2x - )
3
2
(ii) How far is the beam below the x-axis at x = 0?
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 10 In the diagram, the shaded region is 5 Solution

M a bounded by y = loge(x – 2),


the x-axis and the line x = 7.
Find the exact value of the area of
the shaded region.

NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination


07 2b 4 3 Solution
8
M ii. Evaluate  dx.
1 x2
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 7b The diagram shows the graphs of Solution

M y = 3 cos x and y = sin x.


The first two points of intersection
to the right of the y-axis are labelled
A and B.
(i) Solve the equation 2
3 cos x = sin x to find the
x-coordinates of A and B.
(ii) Find the area of the shaded 3
region in the diagram.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 2b Solution

M
(i)

Find 1 + e7x dx
2
3
8x
(ii) Evaluate
 1 + x2 dx . 3
0
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 134

06 5b d Solution
(ii) Show that loge(cos x) = –tan x. 1
M dx
(ii) The shaded region in the diagram is 3
bounded by the curve y = tan x and

the lines y = x and x = .
4
Using the result of part (i), or
otherwise, find the area of the shaded
region.

NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination


06 7b A function ƒ(x) is defined by ƒ(x) = 1 + 2cos x. Solution

M 2
(i) Show that the graph of y = ƒ(x) cuts the x-axis at x = . 1
3
(ii) Sketch the graph of y = ƒ(x) for – ≤ x ≤  showing where the graph cuts 3
each of the axes.
 2 3
(iii) Find the area under the curve y = ƒ(x) between x = – and x = .
2 3
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 10 Use Trapezoidal rule* with three function values to find an approximation to the 2 Solution

M a 1.5

 (loge x)
3
value of dx . Give your answer correct to three decimal places.
0.5
*Changed from Simpson’s rule by projectmaths.
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 2c  2 Solution

M 6
(ii) Evaluate  cos 3x dx.
0
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 6a Five values of the function ƒ(x) are shown 3 Solution

M in the table. Use Trapezoidal rule* with the


five values given in the table to estimate
20

 f (x) dx. *Changed from Simpson’s rule


0
by projectmaths.
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 135

05 7b dx Solution
The graph shows the velocity, , of a
M dt
particle as a function of time. Initially the
particle is at the origin.
(i) At what time is the displacement, 1
x, from the origin a maximum?
(ii) At what time does the particle
return to the origin? Justify your 2
answer.
(iii) Draw a sketch of the 2
d2x
acceleration, , as a function of
dt 2
time for 0 ≤ t ≤ 6.
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 8b The shaded region in the diagram is Solution

M bounded by the circle of radius 3


2, centred at the origin, the parabola
y = x2 – 3x + 2, and the x-axis.

By considering the difference of two areas,


find the area of the shaded region.

NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination


05 9a A particle is initially at rest at the origin. Its acceleration as a function of time, t, is Solution

M ..
given by x = 4 sin 2t.
.
(i) Show that the velocity of the particle is given by x = 2 – 2 cos 2t. 2
(ii) Sketch the graph of the velocity for 0 ≤ t ≤ 2 AND determine the time at 3
which the particle first comes to rest after t = 0.
(iii) Find the distance travelled by the particle between t = 0 and the time at 2
which the particle first comes to rest after t = 0.
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 136

Year 12: Financial Mathematics Back

M1.1 Modelling Investments and Loans


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet
22 21 Eli is choosing between two investment options.
Solution

MA Option 1: Depositing a single amount of $40 000 today, earning interest of 1.2% per
annum, compounded monthly.
Option 2: Depositing $1000 at the end of each quarter, earning interest of 2.4% per
annum, compounded quarterly.
A table of future value
interest factors for an
annuity of $1 is shown.
(a) What is the value of 2
Eli’s investment after
10 years using
Option 1?
(b) What is the difference
between the future values after 10 years using Option 1 and Option 2? 2
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 25 A table of future value interest 3 Solution

MA factors for an annuity of $1 is


shown.
Simone deposits $1000 into a
savings account at the end of each
year for 8 years.
The interest rate for these 8 years
is 0.75% per annum, compounded
annually.
After the 8th deposit, Simone stops making deposits but leaves the money in the
savings account. The money in her savings account then earns interest at 1.25%
per annum, compounded annually, for a further two years.
Find the amount of money in Simone’s savings account at the end of ten years.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 137

20 37 Wilma deposited a lump sum into 3 Solution

MS a new bank account which earns


2 2% per annum compound interest.
Present value interest factors for
an annuilty of $1 for various
interest rates (r) and number of
periods (N) are given in the table.

Wilma was able to make the following withdrawals from this account.
• $1000 at the end of each year for twenty years (starting one year after the
account is opened)

• $3000 each year for ten years starting 21 years after the account is opened.
Calculate the minimum sum Wilma must have deposited when she opened the new
account.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 8 The graphs show the future values over 1 Solution
Band
SP time of $P, invested at three different rates
5-6
of compound interest.
Which of the following correctly identifies
each graph?
19 13 A. W: 5% pa, compounding annually
MS X: 10% pa, compounding annually
2
Y: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
B. W: 5% pa, compounding annually
X: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
Y: 10% pa, compounding annually
C. W: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
X: 10% pa, compounding annually
Y: 5% pa, compounding annually
D. W: 10% pa, compounding annually
X: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
Y: 5% pa, compounding annually
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 34 The table shows the future values of an 3 Solution
Band
SP annuity of $1 for different interest rates
2-5
for 4, 5 and 6 years. The contributions
19 42 are made at the end of each year.
MS An annuity account is opened and
2 contributions of $2000 are made at the
end of each year for 7 years.
For the first 6 years, the interest rate is 4% per annum, compounded annually.
For the 7th year, the interest rate increases to 5% per annum, compounded
annually.
Calculate the amount in the account immediately after the 7th contribution is made.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 138

TG 1 A spreadsheet is used to Solution

calculate values in a table


of loan repayments.
Calculate the row for n = 5
in the spreadsheet.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial Mathematics


TG 2 An amount of $3000 is Solution

invested and compounded


annually at 5%. Use the
table of compounded
values of $1 to find the
value of the investment
after three years.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial Mathematics
TG 3 Grandparents wish to save $10 000 for their grandchild’s university expenses, and Solution

to have this amount available in eight years’ time.


Calculate the single sum they need to invest at 5% pa compounded annually.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 4 Determine the single sum to be deposited if $10 000 is required in five years’ Solution

time and a rate of 3% pa, compounded quarterly, is available.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 5 A principal of $1000 is invested for three years at an interest rate of 5.6% pa Solution

compounded half-yearly.
Determine how much needs to be invested to achieve the same interest if the interest
rate was 3.5% pa compounded monthly.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 6 It is predicted that a particular painting will appreciate at a rate of 5% per annum. Solution

Calculate its predicted value in 2020 if it was purchased in 2010 for $48 000.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 7 An amount of $2000 is invested at an interest rate of 7% per annum. Find the Solution

value of the investment after three years if the interest is compounded


(a) annually
(b) quarterly
(c) monthly.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 8 The value of an asset, currently priced at $150 000, is expected to increase by 12% Solution

per annum. After how many years will it be expected to be worth at least $1.2
million?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 139

TG 9 Use the table of future Solution

value interest factors to


find the future value of an
annuity of $1200 per year
for three years at 5% per
annum.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial Mathematics


TG 10 Use the table to calculate Solution

the monthly repayment for


a car loan of $8000 at 9%
per annum for four years.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial Mathematics


MS 4 The table gives the present 1 Solution

SQ value interest factors for an


annuity of $1 per period, for
various interest rates (r)
and number of periods (N).
A man plans to invest $200
each month for 6 years. His
investment will earn interest
per month at the rate of
9.6% per annum.
Based on the information in the table, what is the present value of this annuity?
A. $10 395.24 B. $10 914.19 C. $14 400.00 D. $15 782.40
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 140

MS 16 The table shows the future Solution

SQ value of an annuity of $1 for


varying interest rates and
time periods. The
contribution is made at the
beginning of each period.
(a) Ken invests $200 at the 2
start of each year for
8 years at an interest
rate of 5% per annum.
Calculate the future
value of Ken’s
investment.
(b) Holly is planning to take 2
a holiday in 3 years.
She needs $5000 for
this holiday. She is going to make regular quarterly payments into an account
that earns interest at the rate of 4% pa. compounded quarterly.
What is the minimum investment, to the nearest $100, Holly needs to make
each quarter in order to take this holiday? Support your answer with an
explanation.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS 17 The table shows the future value of an Solution

SQ annuity of $1 at different interest rates


over different time periods. The
contribution is made at the end of each
period.
(a) What is the value of an annual 1
annuity that would provide a
future value of $250 000 after 6
years at 3% per annum compound
interest?
(b) An annuity of $2000 is invested 3
each half year at 4% per annum,
compounded half-yearly for 4
years. What amount of interest will
be earned?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
19 42 The table shows the future values 3 Solution
MS of an annuity of $1 for different
2
interest rates for 4, 5 and 6 years.
The contributions are made at the
end of each year.
An annuity account is opened and
contributions of $2000 are made
at the end of each year for 7
years.
For the first 6 years, the interest rate is 4% per annum, compounded annually.
For the 7th year, the interest rate increases to 5% per annum, compounded
annually.
Calculate the amount in the account immediately after the 7th contribution is
made.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 141

17 27c A table of future value Solution


MG interest factors for an
annuity of $1 is shown. An
annuity involves
contributions of $12 000 per
annum for 5 years. The
interest rate of 4% per
annum, compounded
annually. 1
(i) Calculate the future
value of this annuity.
(ii) Calculate the interest earned on this annuity. 1
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 28d The table gives the 2 Solution
MG contribution per period
for an annuity with a
future value of $1 at
different interest rates
and different period of
time. Margaret needs
to save $75 000 over 6
years for a deposit on
a new apartment.
She makes regular
quarterly contributions
into an investment account which pays interest at 3% pa. How much will
Margaret need to contribute each quarter to reach her savings goal?
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
15 30c The table gives the Solution
MG present value interest
factors for an annuity of
$1 per period. For various
interest rates (R) and
number of periods (N).
(i) Oscar plans to 1
invest $200 each
month for 74
months. His
investment will earn interest at the rate of 0.0080 (as a decimal) per
month. Use this information in the table to calculate the present value of
this annuity.
(ii) Lucy is using the same table to calculate the loan repayment for her car 2
loan. Her loan is $21 500 and will be repaid in equal monthly repayments
over 6 years. The interest rate on her loan is 10.8% per annum. Calculate
the amount of each monthly repayment, correct to the nearest dollar.
NESA 2015 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 142

14 21 A table of future value interest 1 Solution


MG factors is shown. A certain
annuity involves making equal
contributions of $25 000 into an
account every 6 months for 2
years at an interest rate of 4%
per annum. Based on the
information provided, what is
the future value of this annuity?
(A) $50 500 (B) $51 000 (C) $103 040 (D) $106 162
NESA 2014 Mathematics General HSC Examination
13 23 Zina opened an account to save for a new car. Six months after opening the 1 Solution
GM account, she made her first deposit of $1200 and continued depositing $1200 at
the end of each six month period. Interest was paid at 3% per annum,
compounded half-yearly. How much was in Zina’s account two years after first
opening it?
(A) $4909.08 (B) $4982.72 (C) $5018.16 (D) $5094.55
NESA 2013 General Mathematics HSC Examination
11 23c An amount of $5000 is 2 Solution
GM invested at 10% per
annum, compounded
six-monthly.

Use the table to find


the value of this
investment at the end
of three years.

NESA 2011 General Mathematics HSC Examination


09 27a The table shows the future Solution
GM value of a $1 annuity at
different interest rates over
different numbers of time
periods.
(i) What would be the future 1
value of a $5000 per
year annuity at 3% per
annum for 6 years, with
interest compounding
yearly?
(ii) What is the value of an 1
annuity that would
provide a future value of
$407 100 after 7 years at
09 27ax 5% per annum compound interest?
(iii) An annuity of $1000 per quarter is invested at 4% per annum, compounded 3
quarterly for 2 years. What will be the amount of interest earned?
NESA 2009 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 143

05 26b Rod is saving for a holiday. He Solution


GM deposits $3600 into an account
at the end of every year for four
years. The account pays 5% per
annum interest, compounding
annually. The table shows
future values of an annuity of
$1. 2
(i) Use the table to find the
value of Rod’s investment
at the end of four years.
26bx

05 (ii) How much interest does Rod earn on his investment over the four years? 2
NESA 2005 General Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 144

Year 12: Financial Mathematics Back

M1.2 Arithmetic Sequences and Series


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 17 Cards are stacked to build a ‘house of cards’. Solution

MA A house of cards with 3 rows is shown.


A house of cards requires 3 cards in the top row,
6 cards in the next row, and each successive row
has 3 more cards than the previous row.
(a) Show that a house of cards with 12 rows
has a total of 234 cards. 2
(b) Another house of cards has a total of 828
cards. 3
How many rows are in this house of cards?

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 14 The first term of an arithmetic sequence is 5. The sum of the first 43 terms is 2021. 2 Solution

MA What is the common difference of the sequence?


NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 12 Calculate the sum of the arithmetic series 4 + 10 + 16 + … + 1354. 3 Solution

MA
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

MA 17 Jay is making a pattern using triangular tiles. The Solution


Band
SQ pattern has 3 tiles in the first row, 5 tiles in the
2-5
2019
second row, and each successive row has 2 more
12 12 tiles than the previous row.
M c (i) How many tiles would Jay use in row 20? 2
(ii) How many tiles would Jay use altogether to 1
make the first 20 rows?
(iii) Jay has only 200 tiles. How many complete 2
rows of the pattern can Jay make?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 145

TG 1 An office assistant is employed at an initial salary of $40 200 per annum. At the Solution

beginning of each subsequent year he receives an increment of $900. What is his salary
in his ninth year, and what will be his total earnings for the first nine years?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 2 A young business owner’s new business makes a profit of $500 in its first month, with Solution

the profit then increasing by $500 each month.


What is its total profit at the end of 20 months?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 3 You are offered a choice of two salary packages. Package A offers $40 000 in the first Solution

year and increases of $2000 each year, while package B offers $38 000 in the first year
and increases of $2200 each year. Which package would pay more in the tenth year?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 4 The first five terms of a sequence are 4, 6, 10, 18, 34, … Solution

Which of the following recurrence relations could generate this sequence?


A. T1 = 4, Tn = Tn–1 + 2, n  2 B. T1 = 4, Tn = 2Tn–1 + 4, n  2
C. T1 = 4, Tn = 2Tn–1 – 4, n  2 D. T1 = 4, Tn = 2Tn–1 – 2, n  2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 5 The first three terms of an arithmetic series are 3, 7 and 11. What is the 15 th term of Solution

this series?
A. 59 B. 63 C. 465 D. 495
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 6 In an arithmetic series, the fourth term is 7 and the sum of the first 16 terms is 160. Solution

Find the common difference.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
19 12 In an arithmetic series, the fourth term is 6 and the sum of the first 16 terms is 120. 3 Solution

M b Find the common difference.


NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
18 11 In an arithmetic series, the third term is 8 and the twentieth term is 59. Solution

M d (i) Find the common difference. 1


(ii) Find the 50th term. 2
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 12 In an arithmetic series, the fifth term is 200 and the sum of the first four terms is 3 Solution

M c 1200. Find the value of the tenth term.


NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 14 Write log 2 + log 4 + log 8 + … + log 512 in the form of a log b where a and b are 2 Solution

M e integers greater than 1.


NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 3 The first three terms of an arithmetic series are 3, 7 and 11. 1 Solution

M What is the 15th term of this series?


(A) 59 (B) 63 (C) 465 (D) 495
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
14 12 Evaluate the arithmetic series 2 + 5 + 8 + 11 + … + 1094. 2 Solution

M a
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 146

11 3a A skyscraper of 110 floors is to be built. The first floor to be built will cost $3 Solution

M million. The cost of building each subsequent floor will be $0.5 million more than the
floor immediately below.
(i) What will be the cost of building the 25th floor? 2
(ii) What will be the cost of building all 110 floors of the skyscraper? 2
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 4a Susannah is training for a fun run by running every week for 26 weeks. She runs 1 Solution

M km in the first week and each week after that she runs 750 m more than the
previous week, until she reaches 10 km in a week. She then continues to run 10 km
each week.
(i) How far does Susannah run in the 9th week? 1
(ii) In which week does she first run 10 km? 1
(iii) What is the total distance that Susannah runs in 26 weeks? 2
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 3a An arithmetic series has 21 terms. The first term is 3 and the last term is 53. 2 Solution

M Find the sum of the series.


NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 1f Find the sum of the first 21 terms of the arithmetic series 2 Solution

M 3 + 7 + 11 + …
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 3b Heather decides to swim every day to improve her fitness level. On the first day she Solution

M swims 750 metres, and on each day after that she swims 100 metres more than the
previous day. That is, she swims 850 metres on the second day, 950 metres on the
third day and so on.
(i) Write down a formula for the distance she swims on the nth day. 1
(ii) How far does she swim on the 10th day? 1
(iii) What is the total distance she swims in the first 10 days? 1
(iv) After how many days does the total distance she has swum equal the width 2
of the English Channel, a distance of 34 kilometres?
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 3c On the first day of the harvest, an orchard produces 560 kg of fruit. On the next Solution

M day, the orchard produces 543 kg, and the amount produced continues to decrease
by the same amount each day.
(i) How much fruit is produced on the fourteenth day of the harvest? 2
(ii) What is the total amount of fruit that is produced in the first 14 days of the 1
harvest?
(iii) On what day does the daily production first fall below 60 kg? 2
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 147

Year 12: Financial Mathematics


M1.3 Geometric Sequences and Series Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 29 (a) The diagram shows the graph of y = 2–x. 1 Solution

MA Also shown on the diagram are the first


5 of an infinite number of rectangular
strips of width 1 unit and height y = 2–x for
non-negative integer values of x.
For example, the second rectangle1shown
1
has width 1 and height .
2
The sum of the areas of the rectangles
forms a geometric series.
Show that the limiting sum of this series is 2.
4
15
2
−x 2
(b) Show that dx = .
16 ln2
0
(c) Use parts (a) and (b) to show that e15 < 232. 2
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 34 A discrete random variable has probability distribution as shown in the table where 3 Solution

MA n is a finite positive integer.

.
Show that E(X) = n(2r – 1)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

TG 1 A sequence has an n term given by Tn = 21 + 3n2. Find the first four terms of the
th Solution

sequence and state whether it is arithmetic, geometric, or neither.


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 148

TG 2 Which expression is a term of the geometric series 3x – 6x2 + 12x3 – ... ? 1 Solution

14 8 (A) 3072x10 (B) –3072x10 (C) 3072x11 (D) –3072x11


M
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 3 A certain kind of washing process removes 60% of a stain on a fabric. Solution

(a) What proportion of the original stain is removed by three successive washes?
(b) How many washes are needed to remove 95% of the original stain?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 4 A student is constructing a family tree. Solution

How many great-great-great-great-great grandparents should be included?


NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 5 As an employee earning $50 000 per year, would you prefer being given a $1200 pay Solution

increase each year for 10 years, or a 2% pay increase each year for 10 years?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 6 How many terms of the geometric series 2 + 8 + 32 + … are needed to obtain a sum of Solution

699 050?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 7 By summing the geometric series 1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4, or otherwise, 2 Solution

16 14 x5 − 1
find lim .
M d x →1 x −1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 8 Jane had something posted on her Facebook page, asking her to share the post on five Solution

other friends’ walls. She does this and then they each post on five other people’s walls.
If the progression is not interrupted, how many people would have the post on their wall
after four progressions?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
TG 9 At the beginning of every 8-hour period, a patient is given 10 mL of a particular Solution

14 14 drug. During each of these 8-hour periods, the patient’s body partially breaks down
M d 1
the drug. Only of the total amount of the drug present in the patient’s body at
3
the beginning of each 8-hour period remains at the end of that period.
(i) How much of the drug is in the patient’s body immediately after the second 1
dose is given?
(ii) Show that the total amount of the drug in the patient’s body never exceeds 2
15 mL.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
19 11 What is the limiting sum of the following geometric series? 2 Solution

M d 2000 – 1200 + 720 – 432 …


NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination
n
18 14 An artist posted a song online. Each day there were 2 + n downloads, where n is Solution

M d the number of days after the song was posted.


(i) Find the number of downloads on each of the first 3 days after the song was 1
posted.
(ii) What is the total number of times the song was downloaded in the first 20 2
days after it was posted?
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 149

17 16 A geometric series has first term a and limiting sum 2. Find all possible values of a. 3 Solution

M b
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
16 15 An eight-sided die is marked with numbers 1, 2, …, 8. A game is played by rolling Solution

M b the die until an 8 appears on the uppermost face. At this point the game ends.
(i) Using a tree diagram, or otherwise, explain why the probability of the game
2
1 7 1 7 1
ending before the fourth roll is + × +   × . 2
8 8 8 8
  8
(ii) What is the smallest value of n for which the probability of the game ending 3
3
before the nth roll is more than ?
4
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 11 1 1 1 2 Solution
Find the limiting sum of the geometric series 1 – + – +…
M d 4 16 64
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 12c Kim and Alex start jobs at the beginning of the same year. Kim’s annual salary in Solution

M the first year is $30 000, and increases by 5% at the beginning of each
subsequent year. Alex’s annual salary in the first year is $33 000, and increases by
$1500 at the beginning of each subsequent year.
(i) Show that in the 10th year Kim’s annual salary is higher than Alex’s annual 2
salary.
(ii) In the first 10 years how much, in total, does Kim earn? 2
1
(iii) Every year, Alex saves of her annual salary. How many years does it take 3
3
her to save $87 500?
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 15 Pat and Chandra are playing a game. They take turns throwing two dice. Solution

M d The game is won by the first player to throw a double six. Pat starts the game.
(i) Find the probability that Pat wins the game on the first throw. 1
(ii) What is the probability that Pat wins the game on the first or on the second 2
throw?
(iii) Find the probability that Pat eventually wins the game. 2
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination
12 15 Rectangles of the same height are cut from a strip and arranged in a row. The first Solution

M a rectangle has width 10 cm. The width of each subsequent rectangle is 96% of the
width of the previous rectangle.

(i) Find the length of the strip required to make the first ten rectangles. 2
(ii) Explain why a strip of length 3 m is sufficient to make any number of 1
rectangles.
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 5a The number of members of a new social networking site doubles every day. On Day Solution

M 1 there were 27 members and on Day 2 there were 54 members.


(i) How many members were there on Day 12? 1
(ii) On which day was the number of members first greater than 10 million? 2
(iii) The site earns 0.5 cents per member per day. How much money did the site 2
earn in the first 12 days? Give your answer to the nearest dollar.
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 150

10 1f 1 1 1 2 Solution
Find the limiting sum of the geometric series 1 – + – +…
M 3 9 27
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination
09 4a A tree grows from ground level to a height of 1.2 metres in one year. 2 Solution

M In each subsequent year, it grows


9
as much as it did in the previous year. Find
10
the limiting height of the tree.
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 4b The zoom function in a software package multiplies the dimensions of an image by Solution

M 1.2. In an image, the height of a building is 50 mm. After the zoom function is
applied once, the height of the building in the image is 60 mm. After a second
application, its height is 72 mm.
(i) Calculate the height of the building in the image after the zoom function has 2
been applied eight times. Give your answer to the nearest mm.
(ii) The height of the building in the image is required to be more than 400 mm.
Starting from the original image, what is the least number of times the zoom 2
function must be applied?
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
2 3
08 5b Consider the geometric series 5 + 10x + 20x + 40x + … Solution

M (i) For what values of x does this series have a limiting sum? 2
(ii) The limiting sum of this series is 100. Find the value of x. 2
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 1d 3 3 3 Solution
Find the limiting sum of the geometric series + + + ...
M 4 16 64 2
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 1f 13 13 13 2 Solution
Find the limiting sum of the geometric series + + + ...
M 5 25 125
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 7a Anne and Kay are employed by an accounting firm. Anne accepts employment with Solution

M an initial annual salary of $50 000. In each of the following years her annual salary
is increased by $2500. Kay accepts employment with an initial annual salary of $50
000. In each of the following years her annual salary is increased by 4%.
(i) What is Anne’s annual salary in her thirteenth year?
(ii) What is Kay’s annual salary in her thirteenth year? 2
(iii) By what amount does the total amount paid to Kay in her first twenty years 2
exceed that paid to Anne in her first twenty years? 3
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination
05 9b The triangle ABC has a right angle Solution

M at B, BAC =  and AB = 6. The line


BD is drawn perpendicular to AC.
The line DE is then drawn
perpendicular to BC. This process
continues indefinitely as shown in
the diagram.

05 9b (i) Find the length of the interval BD, and hence show that the length of the 2
a interval EF is 6 sin3 .
(ii) Show that the limiting sum BD + EF + GH + · · · is given by 6 sec  tan  . 3
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 151

Year 12: Financial Mathematics Back

M1.4 Financial Applications of Sequences and Series


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet

22 32 In a reducing-balance loan, an amount $P is borrowed for a period of n months at an


Solution

MA interest rate of 0.25% per month, compounded monthly.


At the end of each month, a repayment of $M is made.
After the nth repayment has been made, the amount owing, $A, is given by
An = (1.0025)n – M(1 + (1.0025)1 + (1.0025)2 + · · · + (1.0025)n–1) .
(Do NOT prove this.)
(a) Jane borrows $200 000 in a reducing-balance loan as described. 2
The loan is to be repaid in 180 monthly repayments.
Show that M = 1381.16, when rounded to the nearest cent.
(b) After 100 repayments of $1381.16 have been made, the interest rate changes to 3
0.35% per month.
At this stage, the amount owing to the nearest dollar is $100 032.
(Do NOT prove this.)
Jane continues to make the same monthly repayments.
For how many more months will Jane need to make full monthly payments of
$1381.16?
(c) The final repayment will be less than $1381.16. 2
How much will Jane need to pay in the final payment in order to pay off the loan?
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 152

21 29 (a) On the day that Megan was born, her grandfather deposited $5000 into an 2 Solution

MA account earning 3% per annum compounded annually. On each birthday after


this, her grandfather deposited $1000 into the same account, making his final
deposit on Megan’s 17th birthday. That is, a total of 18 deposits were made. Let
An be the amount in the account on Megan’s nth birthday, after the deposit is
made.
Show that A3 = $8554.54.
(b) On her 17th birthday, just after the final deposit is made, Megan has 3
$30 025.83 in her account. You are NOT required to show this. Megan then
decides to leave all the money in the same account continuing to earn interest
at 3% per annum compounded annually. On her 18th birthday, and on each
birthday after this, Megan withdraws $2000 from the account.
How many withdrawals of $2000 will Megan be able to make?
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 26 Tina inherits $60 000 and invests it in an account earning interest at a rate of 0.5% Solution

MA per month. Each month, immediately after the interest has been paid, Tina
withdraws $800.
The amount in the account immediately after nth withdrawal can be determined
using the recurrence relation An = An–1(1.005) – 800, where n = 1, 2, 3, … and
A0 = 60 000.
(a) Use the recurrence relation to find the amount of money in the account 2
immediately after the third withdrawal. *
(b) Calculate the amount of interest earned in the first three months. * 2
th
(c) Calculate the amount of money in the account immediately after the 94 3
withdrawal.
* COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

MA 36 An island initially has 16 100 trees. The number of trees increases by 1% per Solution
Band
SP annum. The people on the island cut down 1161 trees at the end of each year.
2-6
(a) Show that after the first year there are 15 100 trees. 1
(b) Show that at the end of 2 years the number of trees remaining is given by the 2
expression T2 = 16 100 × (1.01)2 – 1161(1 + 1.01).
(c) Show that at the end of n years the number of trees remaining is given by the 2
expression Tn = 116 100 – 100 000 × (1.01)n.
(d) For how many years will the people on the island be able to cut down 1
1161 trees annually?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 2 What amount must be invested now at 4% per annum, compounded quarterly, so 1 Solution
Band
SQ that in five years it will have grown to $60 000?
2019 3-6
A. $8919 B. $11 156 C. $49 173 D. $49 316
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 153

TG 1 A gardener develops an eco-friendly spray that will kill harmful insects on fruit trees Solution

16 14 without contaminating the fruit. A trial is to be conducted with 100 000 insects. The
M b gardener expects the spray to kill 35% of the insects each day and exactly 5000
new insects will be produced each day.
The number of insects expected at the end of the nth day of the trial is An.
(i) Show that A2 = 0.65(0.65 × 100 000 + 5000) + 5000. 2
(1 − 0.65 n ) 1
(ii) Show that An = 0.65n × 100 000 + 5000 .
0.35
(iii) Find the expected insect population at the end of the fourteenth day, correct 1
to the nearest 100.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
TG 2 At the start of a month, Joe opens a bank account and makes a deposit of $500. At Solution

14 16b the start of each subsequent month, Joe makes a deposit which is 1% more than
M the previous deposit. At the end of each month, the bank pays interest of 0.3%
(per month) on the balance of the account.
(i) Explain why the balance of the account at the end of the second month is 2
$500(1.003)2 + $500(1.01)(1.003).
(ii) Find the balance of the account at the end of the 60th month, correct to the 3
nearest dollar.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Financial mathematics
NESA 2014 Mathematics HSC Examination
MS FM Mia wants to invest $42 000 for a total of 5 years. She has three investment 5 Solution

SQ 11 options.
Option A – simple interest is paid at the rate of 6% per annum
Option B – compound interest is paid at a rate of 5.5% per annum, compounded
annually
Option C – compound interest is paid at a rate of 4.8% per annum, compounded
quarterly
Determine Mia’s best investment option. Support your answer with calculations.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS FM A house was purchased at the start of 1986 for $45 000. 2 Solution

SQ 19 Assume that the value of the house has increased by 8% per annum since then.
What is the value of the house at the end of 2019, to the nearest $1000?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
19 16 A person wins $1 000 000 in a competition and decides to invest this money in an Solution

M a account that earns interest at 6% per annum compounded quarterly. The person
decides to withdraw $80 000 from this account at the end of every fourth quarter.
Let A be the amount remaining in the account after the nth withdrawal.
(i) Show that the amount remaining in the account after the withdrawal at the end 2
of the eighth quarter is A2 = 1 000 000 × 1.0158 – 80 000(1 + 1.0154).
(ii) For how many years can the full amount of $80 000 be withdrawn? 3
NESA 2019 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 154

18 16c Kara deposits an amount of $300 000 into an account which pays compound Solution

M interest of 4% per annum, added to the account at the end of each year.
Immediately after the interest is added, Kara makes a withdrawal for expenses for
the coming year. The first withdrawal is $P. Each subsequent withdrawal is 5%
greater than the previous one. Let $An be the amount in the account after the nth
withdrawal.
(i) Show that A2 = 300 000(1.04)2 – P[(1.04) + (1.05)] 1
(ii) Show that A3 = 300 000(1.04)3 – P[(1.04)2 + (1.04)(1.05) + (1.05)2]. 1
n
 105  3000
(iii) Show that there will be money in the account when   <1+ . 3
 104  P
NESA 2018 Mathematics HSC Examination
17 15b Anita opens a savings account. At the start of each month she deposits $X into the Solution

M savings account. At the end of the month, after interest is added into the savings
account, the bank withdraws $2500 from the savings account as a loan repayment.
Let Mn be the amount in the savings account after the nth withdrawal.
The savings account pays interest at 4.2% per annum compounded monthly.
(i) Show that after the second withdrawal the amount in the savings account is 2
given by M2 = X(1.00352 + 1.0035) – 2500(1.0035 + 1).
(ii) Find the value of X so that the amount in the savings account is $80 000 after 3
the last withdrawal of the fourth year.
NESA 2017 Mathematics HSC Examination
15 14c Sam borrows $100 000 to be repaid at a reducible interest rate of 0.6% per month. Solution

M Let $An be the amount owing at the end of n months and $M be the monthly
repayment.
(i) Show that A2 = 100 000(1.006)2 – M(1 + 1.006). 1
 (1.006) n − 1 
(ii) Show that An = 100 000(1.006)n – M  . 2
 0.006 
 
(iii) Sam makes monthly repayments of $780. Show that after making 1
120 monthly repayments the amount owing is $68 500 to the nearest $100.
(iv) Immediately after making the 120th repayment, Sam makes a one-off 3
payment, reducing the amount owing to $48 500. The interest rate and
monthly repayment remain unchanged. After how many more months will
the amount owing be completely repaid?
NESA 2015 Mathematics HSC Examination
13 13d A family borrows $500 000 to buy a house. The loan is to be repaid in equal Solution

M monthly instalments. The interest, which is charged at 6% per annum, is reducible


and calculated monthly. The amount owing after n months, $An, is given by
An = Prn – M(1 + r + r2 + … + rn–1), (Do NOT prove this)
where $P is the amount borrowed, r = 1.005 and $M is the monthly repayment.
(i) The loan is to be repaid over 30 years. Show that the monthly repayment is 2
$2998 to the nearest dollar.
(ii) Show that the balance owing after 20 years is $270 000 to the nearest 1
thousand dollars.
(iii) After 20 years the family borrows an extra amount, so that the family then 2
owes a total of $370 000. The monthly repayment remains $2998, and the
interest rate remains the same. How long will it take to repay the $370 000?
NESA 2013 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 155

12 15c Ari takes out a loan of $360 000. The loan is to be repaid in equal monthly Solution

M repayments, $M, at the end of each month, over 25 years (300 months). Reducible
interest is charged at 6% per annum, calculated monthly. Let $An be the amount
owing after the nth repayment.
(i) Write down an expression for the amount owing after two months, $A2. 1
(ii) Show that the monthly repayment is approximately $2319.50. 2
(iii) After how many months will the amount owing, $An, become less than 3
$180 000?
NESA 2012 Mathematics HSC Examination
11 8c When Jules started working she began paying $100 at the beginning of each month Solution

M into a superannuation fund. The contributions are compounded monthly at an


interest rate of 6% per annum. She intends to retire after having worked for 35
years.
(i) Let $P be the final value of Jules’s superannuation when she retires after 2
35 years (420 months).
Show that $P = $143 183 to the nearest dollar.
(ii) Fifteen years after she started working Jules read a magazine article
about retirement, and realized that she would need $800 000 in her fund
when she retires. At the time of reading the magazine article she had
$29 227 in her fund. For the remaining 20 years she intends to work, she
decides to pay a total of $M into her fund at the beginning of each month.
The contributions continue to attract the same interest rate of 6% per
annum, compounded monthly. At the end of n months after starting the
new contributions, the amount in the fund is $An.
(1) Show that A2 = 29 227 × 1.0052 + M(1.005 + 1.0052). 1
(2) Find the value of M so that Jules will have $800 000 in her fund 3
after the remaining 20 years (240 months).
NESA 2011 Mathematics HSC Examination
10 9a (i) When Chris started a new job, $500 was deposited into his superannuation 2 Solution

M fund at the beginning of each month. The money was invested at 0.5% per
month, compounded monthly.
Let $P be the value of the investment after 240 months, when Chris
retires.
Show that P = 232 175.55
(ii) After retirement, Chris withdraws $2000 from the account at the end of each
month, without making any further deposits. The account continues to earn
interest at 0.5% per month.
Let $An be the amount left in the account n months after Chris’s retirement.
(1) Show that An = (P – 400 000) × 1.005n + 400 000. 3
(2) For how many months after retirement will there be money left 2
in the account?
NESA 2010 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 156

09 8b One year ago Daniel borrowed $350 000 to buy a house. The interest rate was 9% Solution

M per annum, compounded monthly. He agreed to repay the loan in


25 years with equal monthly repayments of $2937.
(i) Calculate how much Daniel owed after his monthly repayment. 1
(ii) Daniel has just made his 12th monthly repayment. He now owes 3
$346 095. The interest rate now decreases to 6% per annum, compounded
monthly. The amount $An, owing on the loan after the nth monthly
repayment is now calculated using the formula
An = 346 095  1.005n – 1.005 n-1 M – … – 1.005M – M where $M is the
monthly repayment and n = 1, 2, …, 288. (Do NOT prove this formula.)
Calculate the monthly repayment if the loan is to be repaid over the
remaining 24 years (288 months).
(iii) Daniel chooses to keep his monthly repayments at $2937. Use the formula in 3
part (ii) to calculate how long it will take him to repay the $346 095.
(iv) How much will Daniel save over the term of the loan by keeping his 1
monthly repayments at $2937, rather than reducing his repayments to the
amount calculated in part (ii)?
NESA 2009 Mathematics HSC Examination
08 9b Solution
Peter retires with a lump sum of $100 000. The money is invested in a fund which
M pays interest each month at a rate of 6% per annum, and Peter receives a fixed
monthly payment of $M from the fund. Thus, the amount left in the fund after the
first monthly payment is $(100 500 – M).
(i) Find a formula for the amount, $An, left in the fund after n monthly 2
payments.
(ii) Peter chooses the value of M so that there will be nothing left in the fund at 3
the end of the 12th year (after 144 payments). Find the value of M.
NESA 2008 Mathematics HSC Examination
07 9c Mr and Mrs Caine each decide to invest some money each year to help pay for their Solution

M son’s university education. The parents choose different investment strategies.


(i) Mr Caine makes 18 yearly contributions of $1000 into an investment fund. 3
He makes his first contribution on the day his son is born, and his final
contribution on his son’s seventeenth birthday. His investment earns
6% compound interest per annum. Find the total value of Mr Caine’s
investment on his son’s eighteenth birthday.
(ii) Mrs Caine makes her contributions into another fund. She contributes 2
$1000 on the day of her son’s birth, and increases her annual contribution
by 6% each year. Her investment also earns 6% compound interest per
annum. Find the total value of Mrs Caine’s investment on her son’s third
birthday (just before she makes her fourth contribution).
(iii) Mrs Caine also makes her final contribution on her son’s seventeenth 1
birthday. Find the total value of Mrs Caine’s investment on her son’s
eighteenth birthday.
NESA 2007 Mathematics HSC Examination
06 8b Joe borrows $200 000 which is to be repaid in equal monthly instalments. The Solution

M interest rate is 7.2% per annum reducible, calculated monthly. It can be shown that
the amount, $An , owing after the nth repayment is given by the formula:
An = 200 000rn – M(1 + r + r2 + · · · + rn – 1),
where r = 1.006 and $M is the monthly repayment. (Do NOT show this.)
(i) The minimum monthly repayment is the amount required to repay the loan
in 300 instalments. Find the minimum monthly repayment. 3
(ii) Joe decides to make repayments of $2800 each month from the start of
the loan. How many months will it take for Joe to repay the loan? 2
NESA 2006 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 157

05 8c Weelabarrabak Shire Council borrowed $3 000 000 at the beginning of 2005. The Solution

M annual interest rate is 12%. Each year, interest is calculated on the balance at the
beginning of the year and added to the balance owing. The debt is to be repaid by
equal annual repayments of $480 000, with the first repayment being made at the
end of 2005. Let An be the balance owing after the n-th repayment.
(i) Show that A2 = (3 × 106)(1.12)2 – (4.8 × 105)(1 + 1.12). 1
(ii) Show that An = 106[4 – (1.12)n]. 2
(iii) In which year will Weelabarrabak Shire Council make the final repayment? 2
NESA 2005 Mathematics HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 158

Year 12: Statistical Analysis


S2.1 Data (grouped and ungrouped) and Summary Statistics Back

Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @


https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet
22 2 Consider the following dataset. 1 Solution

MA 13 16 17 17 21 24
Which row of the table shows how the median
and mean are affected when a score of 5 is
added to the dataset?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 159

22 11 The table shows the types of Solution

MA customer complaints
received by an online
business in a month.
(a) What are the values of 2
A and B?

(b) The data from the 1


table are shown in the
following Pareto chart.

The manager will


address 80% of the
complaints.
Which type of
complaints will the
manager address?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 4 The number of downloads of a song 1 Solution

MA on each of twenty consecutive days


is shown in the following graph.
Which of the following graphs best
shows the cumulative number of
downloads up to and including each
day?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 160

MA 5 A school collected data related to 1 Solution


Band
SP the reasons given by students for
3-4
arriving late. The Pareto chart
shows the data collected
19 10
MS What percentage of students gave
2
the reason ‘Train or bus delay’?

A. 6%
B. 15%
C. 30%
D. 92%

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
TG 1 A dataset of nine scores has a median of 7. The scores 6, 6, 12 and 17 are added 1 Solution

11 14 to this data set. What is the median of the data set now?
MG (A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
NESA 2011 Mathematics General HSC Examination
TG 2 Using the box-plot, Reaction time in seconds prior to braking Solution

(a) what percentage of drivers in this − drivers over 55 −


sample have reaction times of three
or more seconds?
(b) what percentage of drivers in this
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
sample have reaction times between
four and nine seconds?
(c) What is the interquartile range for this dataset?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
TG 3 The box-plots show the Solution

distribution of the ages of children


in Numbertown in 2002 and 2012.
2012
The number of children aged
12–18 years was the same in
both 2002 and 2012. By 2002
considering the data, provide
advice to town planners about
recreational facilities that should
be offered, giving statistical
reasons.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
19 19 The heights, in centimetres, of 10 players on a basketball team are shown. 3 Solution
MS 170, 180, 185, 188, 192, 193, 193, 194, 196, 202
2
Is the height of the shortest player on the team considered an outlier?
Justify your answer with calculations.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 161

19 39 Two netball teams, Team A and Team B, each played 5 Solution


MS 15 games in a tournament. For each team, the number
2
of goals scored in each game was recorded. The
frequency table shows the data for Team A.

The data for Team B was analysed to create the box


plot below.

Compare the distributions of the number of goals scored by the two teams.
Support your answer with the construction of a box-plot for the data for Team A.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MS SA The box-plots show the results of a 1 Solution

SQ 10 test sat by two classes, A and B.


Which of the following statements is
true about Class B’s results when
compared to those of Class A?

A. The IQR for Class B’s results is larger than that for Class A’s results.
B. The results for Class B are more consistent than those of Class A.
C. 25% of Class B’s results are higher than all of Class A’s results.
D. 25% of Class B’s results are lower than half of Class A’s results.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA The dot plots show the class scores 1 Solution

SQ 11 in tests taken before and after a


unit of work was completed.

They are drawn on the same scale.

Which statement about the change


in scores is correct?

A. The mean increased and the standard deviation decreased.


B. The mean increased and the standard deviation increased.
C. The mean decreased and the standard deviation decreased.
D. The mean decreased and the standard deviation increased.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA In a computer game, a player scored 180, 183, 184, 186 and 192 in the first five 1 Solution

SQ 12 rounds. After playing a sixth round, the player’s average score increased by 1.
What was the player’s score in the sixth round?
A. 185 B. 186 C. 191 D. 193
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 162

MS SA The diagram shows the distribution Solution

SQ 17 of the ages of children in a town in


2008 and 2018.
In 2008 there were 1750 children
aged 0 – 18 years.
(a) The number of children aged 2
12 – 18 years was the same in
both 2008 and 2018. How many
children aged 0 – 18 years were
there in 2018?
(b) What would be ONE possible implication for government planning as a 2
consequence of the change in the distribution of ages from 2008 to 2018?
Justify your answer with reference to the data provided.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA Write down the five-number summary for the dataset 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18. 2 Solution

SQ 24
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
18 6 A set of data is displayed 1 Solution

MG in this dot plot.


Which of the following
best describes this set of
data?
A. Symmetrical
B. Positively skewed
C. Negatively skewed
D. Normally distributed

NESA 2018 Mathematics General HSC Examination


18 26 The graph displays the mean Solution

MG d monthly rainfall in Sydney and


Perth.
(i) For how many months is the 1
mean monthly rainfall
higher in Perth than
Sydney?
(ii) For which of the two cities 1
is the standard deviation
of the mean monthly
rainfall smaller? Justify your
answer WITHOUT
calculations.
NESA 2018 Mathematics General HSC Examination
18 26 A cumulative frequency table for a data 2 Solution

MG e set is shown.

What is the interquartile range for this


data set?

NESA 2018 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 163

17 30 A set of data has a lower quartile (QL) of 10 and an upper quartile (QU) of 16. 2 Solution

MG a What is the maximum possible range for this set of data if there are no outliers?
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 19 A soccer referee wrote down the number of goals scored in 9 different games during 1 Solution

MG the season.
2, 3, 3, 3, 5, 5, 8, 9,
The last number has been omitted. The range of the data is 10.
What is the five-number summary for this data set?
(A) 2, 3, 5, 8.5, 12 (B) 2, 3, 5, 8.5, 10 (C) 2, 3, 5, 8, 12 (D) 2, 3, 5, 8, 10
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 22 The box-and-whisker plots show 1 Solution

MG the results of a History test and


a Geography test.
In History, 112 students
completed the test.
The number of students who
scored above 30 marks was the
same for the History test and
the Geography test.
How many students completed
the Geography test?
(A) 8 (B) 50
(C) 56 (D) 112
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 27 A small population consists of three students of heights 153 cm, 168 cm and 2 Solution

MG b 174 cm. Samples of varying sizes can be taken from this population. What is the
mean of the mean heights of all the possible samples? Justify your answer.
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 29 The ages of members of a 3 Solution

MG c dance class are shown in the


back-to-back stem-and-leaf
plot. Pat claims that the women
who attend the dance class are
generally older than the men. Is
Pat correct? Justify your answer
by referring to the median and
skewness of the two sets of
data.
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
14 29 Terry and Kim each sat twenty class Solution

MG c tests. Terry’s results on the tests are


displayed in the box-and-whisker
plot.
(i) Kim’s 5-number summary for 1
the tests is 67, 69, 71, 73, 75.
Draw a box-and-whisker plot to
display Kim’s results below
that of Terry’s results.
(ii) What percentage of Terry’s results were below 69? 1
(iii) Terry claims that his results were better than Kim’s. Is he correct? Justify 4
your answer by referring to the summary statistics and the skewness of the
distributions.
NESA 2014 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 164

13 27 A retailer has collected Solution

MG c data on the number of


televisions that he sold
each week in 2012. He
grouped the data into
classes and displayed the
data using a cumulative
frequency histogram and
polygon (ogive).

(i) Use the cumulative 2


frequency polygon
to determine the
interquartile range.

(ii) Oscar said that the 1


retailer sold 300
televisions in 6 of
the weeks in 2012.
Is he correct? Give
a reason for your
answer.
NESA 2013 Mathematics General HSC Examination
11 17 The heights of the players in a basketball team were recorded as 1.8 m, 1.83 m, 1 Solution

MG 1.84 m, 1.86 m and 1.92 m. When a sixth player joined the team, the average
height of the players increased by 1 centimetre. What was the height of the sixth
player?
(A) 1.85 m (B) 1.86 m (C) 1.91 m (D) 1.93 m
NESA 2011 Mathematics General HSC Examination
09 21 The mean of a set of ten scores is 14. Another two scores are included and the 1 Solution

MG new mean is 16.


What is the mean of the two additional scores?
(A) 4 (B) 16 (C) 18 (D) 26
NESA 2009 Mathematics General HSC Examination
08 13 The height of each student in a class was measured and it was found that the 1 Solution

MG
mean height was 160 cm. Two students were absent. When their heights were
included in the data for the class, the mean height did not change. Which of the
following heights are possible for the two absent students?
(A) 155 cm and 162 cm (B) 152 cm and 167 cm
(C) 149 cm and 171 cm (D) 143 cm and 178 cm
NESA 2008 Mathematics General HSC Examination
08 23 Christina has completed three Mathematics tests. Her mean mark is 72%. What 2 Solution

MG f mark (out of 100) does she have to get in her next test to increase her mean
mark to 73%?
NESA 2008 Mathematics General HSC Examination
07 21 This set of data is arranged in order from smallest to largest. 1 Solution

MG 5, 6, 11, x, 13, 18, 25


The range is six less than twice the value of x. Which one of the following is true?
(A) The median is 12 and the interquartile range is 7.
(B) The median is 12 and the interquartile range is 12.
(C) The median is 13 and the interquartile range is 7.
(D) The median is 13 and the interquartile range is 12.
NESA 2007 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 165

07 22 A set of examination results is 1 Solution

MG displayed in a cumulative frequency


histogram and polygon (ogive).
Sanath knows that his examination
mark is in the 4th decile. Which of
the following could have been
Sanath’s examination mark?

(A) 37 (B) 57

(C) 67 (D) 77

NESA 2007 Mathematics General HSC Examination


06 8 Which of these graphs best represents positively skewed data with the smaller 1 Solution

MG standard deviation?

NESA 2006 Mathematics General HSC Examination


05 22 Two groups of people were surveyed about 1 Solution

MG their weekly wages. The results are shown


in the box-and-whisker plots. Which of the
following statements is true for the people
surveyed?

05 22 (A) The same percentage of people in each group earned more than $325 per
x week.
(B) Approximately 75% of people under 21 years earned less than $350 per
week.
(C) Approximately 75% of people 21 years and older earned more than $350
per week.
(D) Approximately 50% of people in each group earned between $325 and
$350
NESA 2005 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 166

Year 12: Statistical Analysis Back

S2.2 Bivariate Data Analysis


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 167

22 24 Jo is researching the relationship between 4 Solution

MA the ages of teenage characters in television


series and the ages of actors playing these
characters.
After collecting the data, Jo finds that the
correlation coefficient is 0.4564 .
A scatterplot showing the data is drawn.
The line of best fit with equation
y = −7.51 + 1.85x, is also drawn.
Describe and interpret the data and other
information provided, with reference to the
context given.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 17 For a sample of 17 inland Solution

MA towns in Australia, the


height above sea level,
x (metres), and the
average maximum daily
temperature, y (°C), were
recorded.
The graph shows the data
as well as a regression
line. The equation of the
regression line is
y = 29.2 − 0.011x.
The correlation coefficient
is r = −0.494.
(a) (i) By using the equation of the regression line, predict the average 1
maximum daily temperature, in degrees Celsius, for a town that is 540 m
above sea level. Give your answer correct to one decimal place.
(ii) The gradient of the regression line is −0.011. Interpret the value of this 2
gradient in the given context.
(b) The graph shows the 1
relationship between
the latitude,
x (degrees south),
and the average
maximum daily
temperature, y (°C),
for the same 17 towns,
as well as a regression
line.
The equation of the
regression line is
y = 45.6 − 0.683x.
The correlation coefficient is r = −0.897.
Another inland town in Australia is 540 m above sea level. Its latitude is 28
degrees south. Which measurement, height above sea level or latitude, would
be better to use to predict this town’s average maximum daily temperature?
Give a reason for your answer.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 168

21 28 A salesperson is interested in Solution


MS the relationship between the
2
number of bottles of lemonade
sold per day and the number of
hours of sunshine in the day.
The diagram shows the dataset
used in the investigation and the
least-squares regression line.
(a) Find the equation of the 2
least-squares regression
line relating to the dataset.

(b) Suppose a sixth data point was collected on a day which had 10 hours of 1
sunshine. On that day 45 bottles of lemonade were sold. What would happen
to the gradient found in part (a)?
NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
20 27 A cricket is an insect. The male cricket produces a chirping sound. 5 Solution

MA A scientist wants to explore the relationship between the temperature in degrees


Celsius and the number of cricket chirps heard in a 15-second time interval.
Once a day for 20 days, the scientist collects data.
Based on the 20 data points, the scientist provides the information below.
• A box-plot of the temperature data
is shown.

• The mean temperature in the


dataset is 0.525oC below the
median temperature in the
dataset.

• A total of 684 chirps was counted when collecting the 20 data points.

The scientist fits a least-squares regression line using the data (x, y), where x is the
temperature in degrees Celsius and y is the number of chirps heard in a 15-second
time interval. The equation of this line is y = –10.6063 + bx, where b is the slope of
the regression line.
_ _ _
The least-squares regression line passes through the point ( x , y ) where x is the
_
sample mean of the temperature data and y is the sample mean of the chirp data.
Calculate the number of chirps expected in a 15-second interval when the
temperature is 19o Celsius. Give your answer to the nearest whole number.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 169

MA 37 A set of bivariate data is Solution


Band
SP collected by measuring
2-5
the height and recording
the shoe size of nine
basketball players.
The collected data is
shown in the table and
graphed in the scatterplot
shown.
(a) Determine the 1
equation of the least-
squares regression
line for this data.
(b) A player with a shoe 1
size of 11 was absent
when the data was
collected.
Calculate the predicted height for the missing basketball player using your
answer to part (a).
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MS SA Data collected on the age (a) and the Solution

SQ 0 height (h) of 10- to 15-year-olds


were used to create a scatterplot. A
line of best fit to model the
relationship between the age and
height of students was then
constructed as shown.
(a) Determine the equation of the 3
line of best fit shown.
(b) Based on the line of best fit, 1
what is the height of a typical
15-year-old?
(c) Why would this model NOT be 1
useful for predicting the height of
a typical 35-year-old?

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


TG 1 A table of data is given as follows: Solution

(a) Construct a scatterplot.


(b) Compute the correlation coefficient, r.
(c) Compute the coefficients of the linear
regression line, y = mx + c.
(d) What is the estimated value for y when x = 7.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 170

TG 2 Ahmed collected data on the age (a) Solution

13 28 and height (h) of males aged 11 to 16


MG b years. He created a scatterplot of the
data and constructed a line of best fit
to model the relationship between the
age and height of males.
(a) Determine the gradient of the line 1
of best fit shown on the graph.
(b) Explain the meaning of the 1
gradient in the context of the data.
(c) Determine the equation of the line 2
of best fit shown on the graph.
(d) Use the line of best fit to predict 1
the height of a typical 17-year-old
male.
(e) Why would this model not be 1
useful for predicting the height of
a typical 45-year-old male?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis


NESA 2013 Mathematics General HSC Examination
TG 3 The height of 10 high school Solution

students and the length of their


right foot were measured. The
results were tabulated as follows:
(a) Using technology, calculate the Pearson correlation coefficient for the data.
(b) Describe the strength of the association between height and length of the right
foot for this dataset.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
MS SA Which of the following scatter graphs is most likely to have a correlation 1 Solution

SQ 7 coefficient of –0.2?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials


MS SA A student claimed that as study time increases, test scores increase. 1 Solution

SQ 18 After collecting and analyzing some data, the student found the correlation
coefficient, r, to be 0.83.
What does this correlation indicate about the relationship between time spent on
study and test scores?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 171

19 23 A set of bivariate data is collected by Solution


MS measuring the height and arm span of
2
seven children. The graph shows a
scatterplot of these measurements.

(a) Calculate Pearson’s correlation for 1


the data, correct to two decimal
places.

(b) Identify the direction and the 1


strength of the linear association
between the height and arm span.

(c) The equation of the least-squares regression line is shown. 1


Height = 0.866 × (arm span) + 23.7
A child has an arm span of 143 cm.
Calculate the predicted height for this child using the equation of the least-
squares regression line.
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
17 12 Which of the data sets graphed below has the largest positive correlation 1 Solution

MG coefficient?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination


13 2 Which graph best shows data with a correlation closest to 0.3? 1 Solution

MG

NESA 2013 Mathematics General HSC Examination


12 11 Which of the following relationships would most likely show a negative correlation? 1 Solution

MG (A) The population of a town and the number of hospitals in that town.
(B) The hours spent training for a race and the time taken to complete the race.
(C) The price per litre of petrol and the number of people riding bicycles to work.
(D) The number of pets per household and the number of computers per
household
NESA 2012 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 172

Year 12: Statistical Analysis Back

S3.1 Continuous Random Variables


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

Reference
Sheet

22 7 Consider the following graph of a probability NOT TO 1 Solution

MA density function f(x). SCALE

What is the value of the mode?


1 3
A. B.
 2

C. D. 
4
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 30 A continuous random variable X has Solution

MA cumulative distribution function given by:

(a) Show that k = 3. 1


(b) Given that P(X < c) = 2P(X > c), find the 2
exact value of c.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 173

21 30 The number of hours for which light bulbs will work before failing can be modelled 2 Solution

MA by the random variable X with cumulative distribution function.

F(x) = 
1 − e−0.01x , x  0
x 0
0,
Jane sells light bulbs and promises that they will work for longer than exactly 99%
of all light bulbs. Find how long, according to Jane’s promise, a light bulb bought
from her should work. Give your answer in hours, rounded to two decimal place
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 33 People are given a maximum of six hours to complete a puzzle. The time spent on Solution

MA the puzzle, in hours, can be modelled using the continuous random variable X which
has probability density function
Ax
f(x) = 2
x +4 
, for 0  x  6,(where A  0)
for all other values of x
0,

The graph of the probability


density function is shown below.
The graph has a local maximum.

2
(a) Show that A = . 2
ln 10

(b) Show that the mode of X is two hours. 2


(c) Show that P(X < 2) = log10 2. 2
(d) The Intelligence Quotient (IQ) scores of people are normally distributed with a 2
mean of 100 and standard deviation of 15. It has been observed that the puzzle
is generally completed more quickly by people with a high IQ. It is known that
80% of people with an IQ greater than 130 can complete the puzzle in less than
two hours. A person chosen at random can complete the puzzle in less than two
hours.
What is the probability that this person has an IQ greater than 130? Give your
answer correct to three decimal places.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 23 A continuous random variable, X, has the following probability density functions. Solution

MA
f(x) =  sin x
0
for 0  x  k
for all other values of k
(a) Find the value of k. 2
(b) Find P(X  1). Give your answer correct to four decimal places. 2
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 174

MA 7 The diagram shows the graph of a 1 Solution


Band
SP continuous probability density
4-5
function.
Which of the following is the
mode?
A. 0.07 B. 0.6
C. 0.8 D. 3

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 31 A bid made at an auction for a real estate property, in millions of dollars, can be Solution

SP Band
modelled by the random variable X with the probability density function
3-6
f(x) = 
k(16 − x2 ) 1  x  4
elsewhere
0
1
(a) Show that the value of k is . 2
27
(b) Find the cumulative distribution function. 2
(c) Find the probability that a bid of more than 3 million dollars will be made. 1

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


MA 13 A continuous random variable X has a probability density function f given by 4 Solution
Band
SQ
2019 2-5
f(x) =  Ax + B
0
1 x 4
elsewhere
where A and B are constants.
The median of X is 2.
Find the values of A and B.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 Let X be a continuous random variable whose probability density function is f(x) = 3x2 Solution

for 0 < x < 1.


1
(a) What is the probability that X falls between and 1?
2
1
(b) Show that P(X = ) = 0.
2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
TG 2 x3
Solution
Let X be a continuous random variable whose probability density function is f(x) =
4
for an interval 0 < x < c.
What is the value of the constant c that makes f(x) a valid probability density function?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
TG 3 Let X be a continuous random variable with the following probability density function: Solution

1
f(x) = for 0 < x < 2.
2
What are the lower quartile, median and upper quartile of X?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 175

Year 12: Statistical Analysis Back

S3.2 The normal Distribution


Syllabus: updated November 2019. Latest version @
https://educationstandards.nsw.edu.au/wps/portal/nesa/11-12/stage-6-learning-areas/stage-6-mathematics/mathematics-advanced-2017

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D

Reference
Sheet

S
T
A
N
D
A
R
22 26 The life span of batteries from a particular factory is normally distributed with a mean 3
Solution
D
MA of 840 hours and a standard deviation of 80 hours.
2
It is known from statistical tables that for this distribution approximately 60% of the
batteries have a life span of less than 860 hours.
What is the approximate percentage of batteries with a life span between 820 and
920 hours?
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 176

21 22 A random variable is normally distributed with mean 0 and standard deviation 1. Solution

MA The table gives the


probability that this random
variable lies between 0 and
z for different values of z.
The probability values given in the table for
different values of z are represented by the
shaded area in the following diagram.
(a) Using the table, find the probability 1
that a value from a random variable
that is normally distributed with mean 0
and standard deviation 1 lies between
0.1 and 0.5.
(b) Birth weights are normally distributed with a mean of 3300 grams and a 3
standard deviation of 570 grams. By first calculating a z-score, find how many
babies, out of 1000 born, are expected to have a birth weight greater than 3528
grams.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 32 In a particular city, the heights of adult females and the heights of adult males are 4 Solution

MA each normally distributed.


Information relating to two
females from that city is
given in Table 1.

The means and standard


deviations of adult females
and males, in centimetres,
are given in Table 2.

A selected male is taller than


84% of the population of
adult males in this city. By
first labelling the normal
distribution curve with the
heights of the two females
given in Table 1, calculate
the height of the selected male, in centimetres, correct to two decimal places.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
20 3 John recently did a class test in each of John's Standard 1 Solution

MA three subjects. The class scores on each Subject score Mean deviation
test are normally distributed. French 82 70 8
The table shows the subjects and John’s Commerce 80 65 5
scores as well as the mean and standard Music 74 50 12
deviation of the class scores on each test.
Relative to the rest of the class, which Strongest subject Weakest subject
row of the table below show’s John’s A. Commerce French
strongest subject and his weakest
B. French Music
subject?
C. Music French
D. Commerce Music
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 177

20 9 Suppose the weight of melons is normally distributed with a mean of  and a 1 Solution

MA standard deviation of  .
A melon has a weight below the lower quartile of the distribution but NOT in the
bottom 10% of the distribution.
Which of the following most accurately represents the region in which the weight of
this melon lies?

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 28 In a particular country, the hourly rate of pay for adults who work is normally Solution

MA distributed with a mean of $25 and a standard deviation of $5.


(a) Two adults who both work are chosen at random. 3
Find the probability that at least one of them earns between $15 and $30 per
hour.
(b) The number of adults who work is equal to three times the number of adults 2
who do not work.
One adult is chosen at random.
Find the probability that the chosen adult works and earns more than $25 per
hour.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 35 The Intelligence Quotient (IQ) scores for adults in City A are normally distributed Solution
MS with a mean of 108 and a standard deviation of 10.
2
The IQ scores for adults in City B are normally distributed with a mean of 112 and a
standard deviation of 16.
(a) Yin is an adult who lives in City A and has an IQ score of 128. 2
What percentage of the adults in this city have an IQ score higher than Yin’s?
(b) There are 1 000 000 adults living in City B. Calculate the number of adults in 2
City B that would be expected to have an IQ score lower than Yin’s?
(c) Simon, an adult who lives in City A, moves to City B. The z-score corresponding 3
to his IQ score in City A is the same as the z-score corresponding to his IQ
score in City B.
By first forming an equation, calculate Simon’s IQ score. Give your answer
correct to one decimal place.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 178

MA 9 The scores on an examination are normally distributed with a mean of 70 and a 1 Solution
Band
SP standard deviation of 6. Michael received a score on the examination between
5-6
the lower quartile and the upper quartile of he scores.
Which shaded region most accurately represents where Michael’s score lies?
19 15 A. B.
MS
2

C. D.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 29 Let X denote a normal Solution
Band
SP random variable with mean
3-5
0 and standard deviation 1.
The random variable X has a
probability density function
x2
1 −
f(x) = e 2
, where
2
− < x <  .
The diagram shows the
graph of y = f(x).

(a) Complete the table of 1


values for the function
X=x 0 1 2 3
given. f(x) 0.3989 0.242 0.004432
Give your answer correct
to four significant figures.
(b) Using the trapezoidal rule and the 4 function values in the table in part (a), 2
3
show that P(–3  X  3) =  f (x) dx  0.9953.
−3
(c) The IQ (Intelligence Quotient) scores for a large population are normally 2
distributed with a mean of 100 and a standard deviation of 15.
Using the result obtained in part (b), calculate the probability of randomly
selecting a person with an IQ score above 145 from this large population.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 179

MA 15 The diastolic measurement for blood pressure in 50-year-old people is normally Solution
Band
SQ distributed, with a mean of 85 and a standard deviation of 20.
2-5
2019
(a) A person is considered to have low blood pressure if the diastolic 1
measurement is 65 or less. What percentage of 50-year-old people have low
blood pressure? 1
(b) Calculate the z-score for a diastolic measurement of 60. 3
(c) The probability that a 50-year-old person has a diastolic measurement for
b
blood pressure between 60 and 65 can be found by evaluating  f (x) dx where
a
x2
1 −
a and b are constants and where f(x) = e 2
is the normal probability
2
density function with mean 0 and standard deviation 1.
By first finding the values of a and b, calculate an approximate value for this
probability by using the trapezoidal rule with 3 function values. 1
(d) Using the results above, find the approximate probability that a 50-year-old
person chosen at random has a diastolic measurement for blood pressure of
60 or less.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
TG 1 Packets of rice are each labelled as Solution

having a mass of 1 kg. The mass of


these packets is normally distributed
with a mean of 1.06 kg and a standard
deviation of 0.03 kg.
(a) Complete the following table.
(b) What percentage of packets will have a mass less than 1.06 kg?
(c) What percentage of packets will have a mass between 1.00 and 1.12 kg?
(d) What percentage of packets will have a mass between 1.00 and 1.03 kg?
(e) What percentage of packets will have a mass less than the labelled mass?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
TG 2 A machine is set for the production of cylinders. The diameters of the cylinders Solution

produced are normally distributed with a mean of 5.00 cm and a standard deviation
0.020 cm.
(a) Within what interval will 95% of the diameters lie?
(b) If a cylinder, randomly selected from this production, has a diameter of 5.070 cm,
what conclusion could be drawn?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis
TG 3 The number of runs scored by Amira in each of her innings is listed below: Solution

34, 33, 31, 33, 32, 32, 33, 31, 33, 33.
(a) What was her batting average correct to two decimal places?
(b) What was her population standard deviation correct to two decimal places?
(c) What was her z-score in her final innings, correct to two decimal places?
(d) What was the z-score of her highest score, correct to two decimal places?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 180

TG 4 Most IQ tests have means of 100 and standard deviations of 15. Solution

If you take an IQ test and get the score of 125 are you super-smart or just mediocre?
Explain your answer with careful mathematical reasoning and justification.
Projectmaths has provided this Cumulative Normal Distribution Table below:

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical Analysis


TG 5 Find the probability that a person selected at random from a pool of people that took Solution

a test on which the mean was 100 and the standard deviation was 15 will have a
score:
(a) between 100 and 120.
(b) of a least 120.
(c) of greater than 120.
Projectmaths has provided this Cumulative Normal Distribution Table below:

NESA Mathematics Advanced Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis


TG 6 The lifetime of a particular make of lightbulb is normally distributed with mean Solution

1020 hours and standard deviation 85 hours.


Find the probability that a lightbulb of the same make chosen at random has a
lifetime between 1003 and 1088 hours.
Projectmaths has provided this Cumulative Normal Distribution Table below:

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 181

TG 7 A section of highway is undergoing roadworks and a speed limit of 80 km/h has been Solution

imposed. Police will use a mobile speed camera to detect the speed of vehicles passing
through this section of highway. An infringement notice will be issued to the driver if the
speed limit is detected to be over 80 km/h.
From data collected from similar roadworks it is known that:
˗ the speeds of vehicles are normally distributed with mean,  , and standard
deviation, 
˗ 12.3% of vehicles have speeds of more than 82.64 km/h
˗ 24.2% of vehicles have speeds of less than 75.2 km/h.
(a) Find the values of  and  .
(b) A vehicle passes the mobile speed camera. What is the probability that an
infringement notice will be issued to the driver?
Projectmaths has provided this Cumulative Normal Distribution Table extract below:

z .00 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09
0.5 .6915 .6950 .6985 .7019 .7054 .7088 .7123 .7157 .7190 .7224
0.6 .7257 .7291 .7324 .7357 .7389 .7422 .7454 .7486 .7517 .7549
0.7 .7580 .7611 .7642 .7673 .7704 .7734 .7764 .7794 .7823 .7852
… … … … … … … … … … …
1.1 .8643 .8665 .8686 .8708 .8729 .8749 .8770 .8790 .8810 .8830
1.2 .8849 .8869 .8888 .8907 .8925 .8944 .8962 .8980 .8997 .9015

NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Year 12 Topic Guide: Statistical analysis


MA 3 The number of hours working during a week by casual staff in the hospitality 1 Solution
Band
SQ industry is normally distributed with a mean of 18 hours and a standard deviation
2019 3-4
of 2.5 hours. What is the percentage of casual staff working fewer than 23 hours
in a week?
A. 47.5% B. 84% C. 95% D. 97.5%
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample examination materials (2019)
MS SA In a class, the shoe sizes of the students are normally distributed. The mean shoe 1 Solution

SQ 9 size of these students is 6.5 and the standard deviation is 2.


Approximately what percentage of the class has a shoe size larger than 8.5?
A. 16% B. 34% C. 68% D. 84%
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA There will be 90 000 students sitting an examination. If their examination results 1 Solution

SQ 13 form a normal distribution, how many students would be expected to score a


result between 1 and 2 standard deviations above the mean?
A. 12 150 B. 24 300 C. 30 600 D. 42 750
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA In Broken Hill, the maximum temperature for each day is recorded. The mean of Solution

SQ 19 these maximum temperature during spring is 25.8oC, and the standard deviation is
4.2oC. You may assume that these maximum temperatures are normally
distributed.
(a) What temperature has a z-score of –1? 1
(b) What percentage of spring days in Broken Hill would have maximum 2
temperatures between 21.6oC and 38.4oC?
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 182

MS SA Two brands of light bulbs are 2 Solution

SQ 20 being compared. The lives of


each of light bulbs are
normally distributed.
A light bulb is considered
defective if it has a life of less
than 400 hours. The following claim is made:
‘Brand A light bulbs are more likely to be defective than Brand B light bulbs.’
Is this claim correct? Justify your answer with reference to the data provided.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
MS SA Shirley sat a Physics test and a Biology test. For the Physics test, the mean was 56 2 Solution

SQ 23 and the standard deviation was 8. For the Biology test, the mean was 60 and the
standard deviation was 5.
Shirley’s mark in each test was 70.
Did Shirley do better in Physics or Biology? Support your answer with calculations.
NESA Mathematics Standard 2 Sample examination materials
19 38 In a particular country, the birth weight of babies is normally distributed with a 2 Solution
MS mean of 3000 grams. It is known that 95% of these babies have a birth weight
2
between 1600 grams and 4400 grams. One of these babies has a birth weight of
3497 grams. What is the z-score of the baby’s birth weight?
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
18 23 A set of data is normally distributed with a mean of 48 and a standard deviation 1 Solution

MG of 3. Approximately what percentage of the scores lie between 39 and 45?


A. 15.85% B. 31.7% C. 47.5% D. 49.85%
NESA 2018 Mathematics General HSC Examination
18 27e Joanna sits a Physics test and a Biology test. Solution

MG (i) Joanna’s mark in the Physics test is 70. The mean mark for this test is 58 and 1
the standard deviation is 8. Calculate the z-score for Joanna’s mark in this
test.
(ii) In the Biology test, the mean mark is 64 and the standard deviation is 10. 2
Joanna’s z-score is the same in both the Physics test and the Biology test.
What is her mark in the Biology test?
NESA 2018 Mathematics General HSC Examination
17 13 The heights of Year 12 girls are normally distributed with a mean of 165 cm and 1 Solution

MG a standard deviation of 5.5 cm. What is the z-score for a height of 154 cm?
(A) –2 (B) –0.5 (C) 0.5 (D) 2
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
17 29d All the students in a class of Solution

MG 30 did a test. The marks, out


of 10, are shown in the dot
plot. 1
(i) Find the median test mark. 2
(ii) The mean test mark is 5.4.
The standard deviation of
the test marks is 4.22.
Using the dot plot, calculate
the percentage of the
marks which lie within one
standard deviation of the
mean.
(iii) A student states that for any data set, 68% of the scores should lie within 1
one standard deviation of the mean.
With reference to the dot plot, explain why the student’s statement is NOT
relevant in this context.
NESA 2017 Mathematics General HSC Examination
HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 183

16 13 The speed limit outside a school is 40 km/h. Year 11 students measured the 1 Solution

MG speed of passing vehicles over a period of time. They found the set of data to be
normally distributed with a mean speed of 36 km/h and a standard deviation of
2 km/h. What percentage of the vehicles passed the school at a speed greater
than 40 km/h?
(A) 2.5% (B) 5% (C) 47.5% (D) 95%
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
16 30d _ Solution

MG The formula to calculate z-scores can be rearranged to give x = x – sz where


_
x is the mean, x is the score, s is the standard deviation and z is the z-score.

(i) In an examination, Aaron achieved a score of 88, which corresponds to a 1


z-score of 2.4.
Substitute these values into the rearranged formula above to form an
equation.
(ii) In the same examination, Brock achieved a score of 52, which corresponds 3
to a z-score of –1.2.
Using this information, form another equation and solve it simultaneously
_
with the equation from part (i) to find the values of x and s.
NESA 2016 Mathematics General HSC Examination
15 20 A machine produces cylindrical pipes. The mean of the diameters of the pipes is 8 1 Solution

MG cm and the standard deviation is 0.04 cm. Assuming a normal distribution, what
percentage of cylindrical pipes produced will have a diameter less than 7.96 cm?
(A) 16% (B) 32% (C) 34% (D) 68%
NESA 2015 Mathematics General HSC Examination
15 28b The results of two tests are normally 2 Solution

MG distributed. The mean and standard


deviation for each test are displayed in
the table. Kristoff scored 74 in
Mathematics and 80 in English.
He claims that he has performed better in English. Is Kristoff correct? Justify your
answer using appropriate calculations.
NESA 2015 Mathematics General HSC Examination
12 29b A machine produces nails. When the machine is set correctly, the length of the 2 Solution

MG nails are normally distributed with a mean of 6.000 cm and a standard deviation
of 0.040 cm/ To confirm the setting of the machine, three nails are randomly
selected. In one sample the lengths are 5.950, 5.983 and 6.140. The setting of
the machine needs to be checked when the lengths of two or more nails in a
sample lie more than 1 standard deviation from the mean. Does the setting on
the machine need to be checked? Justify your answer with suitable calculations.
NESA 2012 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 184

11 27c Two brands of light bulbs are being Solution

MG compared. For each brand, the life of


the light bulbs is normally distributed.
(i) One of the Brand B light bulbs has a 1
life of 400 hours. What is the
z-score of the life of this light bulb?
(ii) A light bulb is considered defective if it lasts less than 400 hours. The 2
following claim is made:
‘Brand A light bulbs are more likely to be defective than Brand B light bulbs.’
Is this claim correct? Justify your answer, with reference to z-scores or
standard deviations or the normal distribution.
NESA 2011 Mathematics General HSC Examination
07 25d The results of two class tests are normally Solution

MG distributed. The means and standard


deviations of the tests are displayed in the
table.
(i) Stuart scored 63 in Test 1 and 62 in 2
07 25dx Test 2. He thinks that he has performed better in Test 1. Do you agree?
Justify your answer using appropriate calculations.
(ii) If 150 students sat for Test 2, how many students would you expect to 2
have scored less than 64?
NESA 2007 Mathematics General HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 185

Reference Sheet Back

2022

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 186

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 187

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 188

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 189

2022 HSC Paper HSCtwentytwo


Back

22 1 Which of the following could be the graph of y = –2x + 2? 1 Solution

MA

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

22 2 Consider the following dataset. 1 Solution

MA 13 16 17 17 21 24
Which row of the table shows how the median
and mean are affected when a score of 5 is
added to the dataset?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

22 3 A tower BT has height h metres. 1 Solution

MA From point A, the angle of elevation to the top


of the tower is 26° as shown.
Which of the following is the correct expression
for the length of AB?
A. h tan 26°
B. h cot 26°
C. h sin 26°
D. h cosec 26°
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 4 Which of the following is the range of the function f(x) = x2 – 1? 1 Solution

MA A. [–1,  )
B. (–  , 1]
C. [–1, 1]
D. (–  ,  )
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 5 f (x) 1 Solution
Let h(x) = , where
MA g(x)
f(1) = 2 f ’(1) = 4
g(1) = 8 g ’(1) = 12
What is the gradient of the tangent to the graph of y = h(x) at x = 1?
1 1
A. −8 B. 8 C. − D.
8 8
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 190

22 6 1 1 Solution

MA
What is  (2x + 1)2 dx ?
−2 −1 1
A. +C B. +C C. 2 ln (2x + 1) + C D. ln (2x + 1) + C
2x + 1 2(2x + 1) 2
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 7 Consider the following graph of a probability NOT TO 1 Solution

MA density function f(x). SCALE

What is the value of the mode?


1 3
A. B.
 2

C. D. 
4
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 8 The graph of the even function y = f(x) is 1 Solution


NOT TO
MA shown. SCALE
1
The area of the shaded region A is and the
2
3
area of the shaded region B is .
2
2
What is the value of  f (x) dx ?
−2
A. 4 B. 2 C. –2 D. –4
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 9 Liam is playing two games. He is equally likely to win each game. 1 Solution

MA The probability that Liam will win at least one of the games is 80%.
Which of the following is closest to the probability that Liam will win both games?
A. 31% B. 40% C. 55% D. 64%
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 191

22 10 The graphs of y = f(x) and y = g(x) are shown. 1 Solution

MA

Which graph best represents y = g(f(x))?

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 11 The table shows the types Solution

MA of customer complaints
received by an online
business in a month.
(a) What are the values of 2
A and B?

(b) The data from the 1


table are shown in the
following Pareto chart.

The manager will


address 80% of the
complaints.
Which type of
complaints will the
manager address?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 192

22 12 A student believes that the time it takes for an ice cube to melt (M minutes) varies Solution

MA inversely with the room temperature (T°C).


The student observes that at a room temperature of 15°C it takes 12 minutes for an
ice cube to melt.
(a) Find the equation relating M and T. 2
(b) By first completing this table of 2
values, graph the relationship
between temperature and time from
T = 5°C to T = 30°C.

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

22 13 Use two applications of the trapezoidal rule to find an approximate value of 2 Solution

MA 2

 1 + x2 dx .
0
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 14 The graph of y = k sin (ax) 2 Solution

MA is shown.
What are the values of
k and a?

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 15 In a bag there are 3 six-sided dice. Solution

MA Two of the dice have faces marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.


The other is a special die with faces marked 1, 2, 3, 5, 5, 5.
One die is randomly selected and tossed.
(a) What is the probability that the die shows a 5? 1
(b) Given that the die shows a 5, what is the probability that it is the special die? 1
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 193

22 16 The parabola y = x2 meets the line y = 2x + 3 3 Solution

MA at the points (–1, 1) and (3, 9) as shown in the


diagram.

Find the area enclosed by the parabola and the


line.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 17 Cards are stacked to build a ‘house of cards’. Solution

MA A house of cards with 3 rows is shown.


A house of cards requires 3 cards in the top
row, 6 cards in the next row, and each
successive row has 3 more cards than the
previous row.
(a) Show that a house of cards with 12 rows 2
has a total of 234 cards.
(b) Another house of cards has a total of 828 3
cards.
How many rows are in this house of cards?

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 18 (a) Differentiate y = (x2 + 1)4. 2


Solution

MA
 x(x
2
(b) Hence, or otherwise, find + 1)3 dx . 1

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 19 The graph of the function f(x) = x2 is translated m units to the right, dilated vertically by 3
Solution

MA a scale factor of k and then translated 5 units down.


The equation of the transformed function is g(x) = 3x2 − 12x + 7.
Find the values of m and k.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 20 A scientist is studying the growth of bacteria.


Solution

MA The scientist models the number of bacteria, N, by the equation N(t) = 200e0.013t, where
t is the number of hours after starting the experiment.
(a) What is the initial number of bacteria in the experiment? 1
(b) What is the number of bacteria 24 hours after starting the experiment? 1
(c) What is the rate of increase in the number of bacteria 24 hours after starting the 2
experiment?
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 194

22 21 Eli is choosing between two investment options.


Solution

MA Option 1: Depositing a single amount of $40 000 today, earning interest of 1.2% per
annum, compounded monthly.
Option 2: Depositing $1000 at the end of each quarter, earning interest of 2.4% per
annum, compounded quarterly.
A table of future value interest
factors for an annuity of $1 is
shown.
(a) What is the value of Eli’s 2
investment after
10 years using Option 1?
(b) What is the difference
2
between the future values
after 10 years using Option 1 and Option 2?
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

22 22 Find the global maximum and minimum values of y = x3 − 6x2 + 8, where −1 ≤ x ≤ 7. 4


Solution

MA
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 23 The depth of water in a bay rises and falls with the tide.
Solution

MA On a particular day the depth of the water, d metres, can be modelled by the equation
 4 
d = 1.3 − 0.6 cos  t  where t is the time in hours since low tide.
 25 
(a) Find the depth of water at low tide and at high tide. 2
(b) What is the time interval, in hours, between two successive low tides? 1
(c) For how long between successive low tides will the depth of water beat least 1 metre? 3
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 24 Jo is researching the relationship between 4 Solution

MA the ages of teenage characters in


television series and the ages of actors
playing these characters.
After collecting the data, Jo finds that the
correlation coefficient is 0.4564 .
A scatterplot showing the data is drawn.
The line of best fit with equation
y = −7.51 + 1.85x, is also drawn.
Describe and interpret the data and other
information provided, with reference to
the context given.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 195

22 25 Let f(x) = sin (2x). 3


Solution

MA
Find the value of x, for 0 < x < , for which f ’(x) = − 3 AND f ’’(x) = 2.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 26 The life span of batteries from a particular factory is normally distributed with a mean of 3
Solution

MA 840 hours and a standard deviation of 80 hours.


It is known from statistical tables that for this distribution approximately 60% of the
batteries have a life span of less than 860 hours.
What is the approximate percentage of batteries with a life span between 820 and 920
hours?
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2022 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

22 27 Let f(x) = xe–2x.


Solution

MA It is given that f ’(x) = e–2x – 2xe–2x.


(a) Show that f ’’(x) = 4(x – 1)e–2x. 2
(b) Find any stationary points of f(x) and determine their nature. 2
(c) Sketch the curve y = xe–2x, showing any stationary points, points of inflection and 3
intercepts with the axes.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
2 2
22 28 The graph of the circle x + y = 2 is shown. The Solution
NOT TO
MA interval connecting the origin, O, and the point SCALE
(1, 1) makes an angle  with the positive x-axis.
(a) By considering the value of , find the exact 2
area of the shaded region, as shown on the
diagram.

a
Part of the hyperbola y = – 1 which passes
b−x NOT TO
SCALE
through the points (0, 0) and (1, 1) is drawn with
the circle x2 + y2 = 2 as shown.
(b) Show that a = b = 2. 2
(c) Using parts (a) and (b), find the exact area 3
of the region bounded by the hyperbola, the
positive x-axis and the circle as shown on
the diagram.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 196

22 29 (a) The diagram shows the graph of y = 2–x. 1 Solution

MA Also shown on the diagram are the first 5 of


an infinite number of rectangular strips of
width 1 unit and height y = 2–x for non-
negative integer values of x.
For example, the second rectangle1shown
1
has width 1 and height .
2
The sum of the areas of the rectangles forms
a geometric series.
Show that the limiting sum of this series is 2.
4
15
2
−x
(b) Show that dx = . 2
16 ln2
0
(c) Use parts (a) and (b) to show that e15 < 232. 2
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 30 A continuous random variable X has cumulative Solution

MA distribution function given by:

(a) Show that k = 3.


1
(b) Given that P(X < c) = 2P(X > c), find the 2
exact value of c.
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

22 31 A line passes through the point P(1, 2) and meets the Solution
NOT TO
MA axes at X(x, 0) and Y(0, y), where x > 1. SCALE
2x
(a) Show that y = . 2
x −1
(b) Find the minimum value of the area of 4
triangle XOY.

NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 197

22 32 In a reducing-balance loan, an amount $P is borrowed for a period of n months at an


Solution

MA interest rate of 0.25% per month, compounded monthly.


At the end of each month, a repayment of $M is made.
After the nth repayment has been made, the amount owing, $A, is given by
An = (1.0025)n – M(1 + (1.0025)1 + (1.0025)2 + · · · + (1.0025)n–1) .
(Do NOT prove this.)
(a) Jane borrows $200 000 in a reducing-balance loan as described. 2
The loan is to be repaid in 180 monthly repayments.
Show that M = 1381.16, when rounded to the nearest cent.
(b) After 100 repayments of $1381.16 have been made, the interest rate changes to 3
0.35% per month.
At this stage, the amount owing to the nearest dollar is $100 032.
(Do NOT prove this.)
Jane continues to make the same monthly repayments.
For how many more months will Jane need to make full monthly payments of
$1381.16?
(c) The final repayment will be less than $1381.16. 2
How much will Jane need to pay in the final payment in order to pay off the loan?
NESA 2022 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 198

2021 HSC Paper HSCtwentyone


Back

21 1 Which of the following is equivalent to sin2 5x? 1 Solution

MA A. 1 + cos2 5x B. 1 – cos2 5x C. –1 + cos2 5x D. –1 – cos2 5x


NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 2 The probability distribution table for a 1 Solution

MA random variable X is shown.


What is the expected value for X?
A. 0.6
B. 1.0
C. 1.5
D. 2.0

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


21 3 Which of the following represents the domain of the function f(x) = ln (1 – x)? 1 Solution

MA A. [1,  ) B. (1,  ) C. (–  , 1] D. (–  , 1)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 4 The number of downloads of a song 1 Solution

MA on each of twenty consecutive days


is shown in the following graph.
Which of the following graphs best
shows the cumulative number of
downloads up to and including each
day?

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 5 Which of the following best represents the graph of y = 10 (0.8)x? 1 Solution

MA

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 199

21 6 There are 8 chocolates in a box. 1 Solution

MA Three have peppermint centres (P)


and five have caramel centres (C).
Kim randomly chooses a chocolate
from the box and eats it. Sam then
randomly chooses and eats one of
the remaining chocolates.
A partially completed probability
tree is shown.
What is the probability that Kim and Sam choose chocolates with different centres?
15 15 15 15
A. B. C. D.
64 56 32 28
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 7 The diagram shows part of y = f(x) which has a 1 Solution

MA local minimum at x = −2 and a local


maximum at x = 3.
Which of the following shows the correct
relationship between f’’ (–2), f (0) and f’ (–3)?
A. f (0) < f’ (–3) < f’’ (–2)
B. f (0) < f’’ (–2) < f’ (–3)
C. f’’ (–2) < f’ (–3) < f (0)
D. f’’ (–2) < f (0) < f’ (–3)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 8 The graph of y = f(x) is shown. 1 Solution

MA Which of the following could be the equation of


this graph?
A. y = (1 − x)(2 + x)3
B. y = (x + 1)(x − 2)3
C. y = (x + 1)(2 − x)3
D. y = (x − 1)(2 + x)3

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 9 Let h(x) = f(g(x)) where the function f(x) is an odd function and the function g(x) 1 Solution

MA is an even function.
The tangent to y = h(x) at x = k, where k > 0, has the equation y = mx + c.
What is the equation of the tangent to y = h(x) at x = –k?
A. y = mx + c B. y = −mx + c C. y = mx – c D. y = −mx – c
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 200

21 10 The line y = mx is a 1 Solution

MA tangent to the curve


y = cos x at the point
where x = a, as shown
in the diagram.
Which of the following
statements is true?

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A. m < < B. <m< C. < <m D. m < <
a 2 2 a 2 a 2 a
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 11 x −1 2 Solution
Solve x + = 9.
MA 2
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 12 A right-angled triangle XYZ is cut out Solution

MA from a semicircle with centre O.


The length of the diameter XZ is 16
cm and YXZ = 30°, as shown on the
diagram.
(a) Find the length of XY in cm, 2
correct to two decimal places.

(b) Hence, find the area of the shaded region in square centimetres, correct to 3
one decimal place.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 13 Find the exact gradient of the tangent to the curve y = x tan x at the point where 3 Solution

MA 
x= .
3
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 14 The first term of an arithmetic sequence is 5. The sum of the first 43 terms is 2021. 2 Solution

MA What is the common difference of the sequence?


NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 15 0 2 Solution

MA
Evaluate 
−2
2 x + 4 dx.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 16 Solution
For what values of x is f(x) = x2 – 2x3 increasing? 3
MA
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 201

21 17 For a sample of 17 inland Solution

MA towns in Australia, the


height above sea level,
x (metres), and the
average maximum daily
temperature, y (°C), were
recorded.
The graph shows the data
as well as a regression
line. The equation of the
regression line is
y = 29.2 − 0.011x.
The correlation coefficient
is r = −0.494.
(a) (i) By using the equation of the regression line, predict the average 1
maximum daily temperature, in degrees Celsius, for a town that is 540 m
above sea level. Give your answer correct to one decimal place.
(ii) The gradient of the regression line is −0.011. Interpret the value of this 2
gradient in the given context.
(b) The graph shows the 1
relationship between
the latitude,
x (degrees south),
and the average
maximum daily
temperature, y (°C),
for the same 17
towns, as well as a
regression line.
The equation of the
regression line is
y = 45.6 − 0.683x.
The correlation coefficient is r = −0.897.
Another inland town in Australia is 540 m above sea level. Its latitude is 28
degrees south. Which measurement, height above sea level or latitude, would
be better to use to predict this town’s average maximum daily temperature?
Give a reason for your answer.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

21 18 The diagram shows a triangle ABC 3 Solution

MA where AC = 25 cm, BC = 16 cm,


BAC = 28° and angle ABC is obtuse.

Find the size of the obtuse angle ABC


correct to the nearest degree.

COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 19 1 Solution
Without using calculus, sketch the graph of y = 2 + , showing the asymptotes 3
MA x+4
and the x and y intercepts.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 202

21 20  2 Solution
For what values of x, in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ , does the line y = 1 intersect the
MA 4
graph of y = 2 sin 4x?
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 21 Consider the graph of y = f(x) as shown. 2 Solution

MA

Sketch the graph of y = 4 f(2x) showing


the x-intercepts and the coordinates of
the turning points.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


21 22 A random variable is normally distributed with mean 0 and standard deviation 1. Solution

MA The table gives the


probability that this random
variable lies between 0 and
z for different values of z.
The probability values given in the table for
different values of z are represented by the
shaded area in the following diagram.
(a) Using the table, find the probability 1
that a value from a random variable
that is normally distributed with mean 0
and standard deviation 1 lies between
0.1 and 0.5.
(b) Birth weights are normally distributed with a mean of 3300 grams and a 3
standard deviation of 570 grams. By first calculating a z-score, find how many
babies, out of 1000 born, are expected to have a birth weight greater than 3528
grams.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 23 A population, P, which is initially 5000, varies according to the formula 4 Solution

MA −t
P= 5000b 10
, where b is a positive constant and t is time in years, t ≥ 0.
The population is 1250 after 20 years.
Find the value of t, correct to one decimal place, for which the instantaneous rate of
decrease is 30 people per year.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 203

21 24 3 3 Solution
The curve y = intersects the line
MA x −1
3
y= x at the point (2, 3).
2
The region bounded by the curve
3 3
y= , the line y = x , the x-axis and
x −1 2
the line x = 4 is shaded in the diagram.

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 25 A table of future value interest 3 Solution

MA factors for an annuity of $1 is


shown.
Simone deposits $1000 into a
savings account at the end of each
year for 8 years.
The interest rate for these 8 years
is 0.75% per annum, compounded
annually.
After the 8th deposit, Simone stops making deposits but leaves the money in the
savings account. The money in her savings account then earns interest at 1.25%
per annum, compounded annually, for a further two years.
Find the amount of money in Simone’s savings account at the end of ten years.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
21 26 A particle is shot vertically upwards from a point 100 metres above ground level. Solution

MA The position of the particle, y metres above the ground after t seconds, is given by
y(t) = −5t2 + 70t + 100.
(a) Find the maximum height above ground level reached by the particle. 2
(b) Find the velocity of the particle, in metres per second, immediately before it hits 3

the ground, leaving your answer in the form a b , where a and b are integers.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 204

21 27 Kenzo has a solar powered phone charger. Its power, P, can be modelled by the Solution

MA   
function P(t) = 400 sin  t  , 0 ≤ t ≤ 12, where t is the number of hours after
 12 
sunrise.
(a) Sketch the graph of P for 0 ≤ t ≤ 12. 2
Power is the rate of change of energy. Hence the amount of energy, E units,
generated by the solar powered phone charger from t = a to t = b, where
b
0 ≤ a ≤ b ≤ 12 is given by E =  P(t ) dt.
a

4800  a b 
(b) Show that E = cos − cos . 2
  12 12 
(c) To make a phone call, a phone battery needs at least 300 units of energy. 3
Kenzo woke up 3 hours after sunrise and found that his phone battery had no
units of energy. He immediately began to use his solar powered charger to
charge his phone battery.
Find the least amount of time he needed to wait before he could make a phone
call. Give your answer correct to the nearest minute.
(d) The next day, Kenzo woke up 6 hours after sunrise and again found that his 1
phone battery had no units of energy. He immediately began to use his solar
powered charger to charge his phone battery.
Would it take more time or less time or the same amount of time, compared to
the answer in part (c), to charge his phone battery in order to make a phone
call? Explain your answer by referring to the graph drawn in part (a).
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 28 The region bounded by the Solution

MA graph of the function


f(x) = 8 − 2x and the
coordinate axes is shown.

7
(a) Show that the exact area of the shaded region is given by 24 − . 3
ln 2
(b) A new function g(x) is found by taking the graph of y = −f(−x) and translating it 2
by 5 units to the right.
Sketch the graph of y = g(x) showing the x-intercept and the asymptote.
5
1
(c) Hence, find the exact value of  g(x) dx.
2

NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 205

21 29 (a) On the day that Megan was born, her grandfather deposited $5000 into an 2 Solution

MA account earning 3% per annum compounded annually. On each birthday after


this, her grandfather deposited $1000 into the same account, making his final
deposit on Megan’s 17th birthday. That is, a total of 18 deposits were made. Let
An be the amount in the account on Megan’s nth birthday, after the deposit is
made.
Show that A3 = $8554.54.
(b) On her 17th birthday, just after the final deposit is made, Megan has 3
$30 025.83 in her account. You are NOT required to show this. Megan then
decides to leave all the money in the same account continuing to earn interest
at 3% per annum compounded annually. On her 18th birthday, and on each
birthday after this, Megan withdraws $2000 from the account.
How many withdrawals of $2000 will Megan be able to make?
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 30 The number of hours for which light bulbs will work before failing can be modelled 2 Solution

MA by the random variable X with cumulative distribution function.

F(x) = 
1 − e−0.01x , x  0
x 0
0,
Jane sells light bulbs and promises that they will work for longer than exactly 99%
of all light bulbs. Find how long, according to Jane’s promise, a light bulb bought
from her should work. Give your answer in hours, rounded to two decimal places.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 31 By considering the equation of the tangent to y = x2 − 1 at the point (a, a2 − 1), find 4 Solution

MA the equations of the two tangents to y = x2 − 1 which pass through (3, −8).
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 32 In a particular city, the heights of adult females and the heights of adult males are 4 Solution

MA each normally distributed.


Information relating to two
females from that city is
given in Table 1.

The means and standard


deviations of adult females
and males, in centimetres,
are given in Table 2.

A selected male is taller than


84% of the population of
adult males in this city. By
first labelling the normal
distribution curve with the
heights of the two females
given in Table 1, calculate
the height of the selected male, in centimetres, correct to two decimal places.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2021 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 206

21 33 People are given a maximum of six hours to complete a puzzle. The time spent on the Solution

MA puzzle, in hours, can be modelled using the continuous random variable X which has
probability density function
Ax
f(x) = 2
x +4 
, for 0  x  6,(where A  0)
for all other values of x
0,

The graph of the probability


density function is shown below.
The graph has a local maximum.

2
(a) Show that A = . 2
ln 10

(b) Show that the mode of X is two hours. 2


(c) Show that P(X < 2) = log10 2. 2
(d) The Intelligence Quotient (IQ) scores of people are normally distributed with a 2
mean of 100 and standard deviation of 15. It has been observed that the puzzle is
generally completed more quickly by people with a high IQ. It is known that
80% of people with an IQ greater than 130 can complete the puzzle in less than
two hours. A person chosen at random can complete the puzzle in less than two
hours.
What is the probability that this person has an IQ greater than 130? Give your
answer correct to three decimal places.
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

21 34 A discrete random variable has probability distribution as shown in the table where 3 Solution

MA n is a finite positive integer.

.
Show that E(X) = n(2r – 1)
NESA 2021 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 207

2020 HSC Paper HSCtwenty


Back

20 1 Which inequality gives the domain of 2x − 3 ? 1 Solution

MA
3 3 3 3
A. x < B. x > C. x  D. x 
2 2 2 2
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
3
20 2 The function f(x) = x is transformed Horizontal translation Vertical translation 1 Solution

MA to g(x) = (x – 2)2 + 5 by a of 2 units of 5 units


horizontal translation of 2 units
followed by a vertical translation of
A. Left Up
5 units. B. Right Up
Which row of the table shows the
C. Left Down
directions of the translations? D. Right Down
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination
20 3 John recently did a class test in each of John's Standard 1 Solution

MA three subjects. The class scores on each Subject score Mean deviation
test are normally distributed. French 82 70 8
The table shows the subjects and John’s Commerce 80 65 5
scores as well as the mean and standard Music 74 50 12
deviation of the class scores on each test.
Relative to the rest of the class, which Strongest subject Weakest subject
row of the table below show’s John’s A. Commerce French
strongest subject and his weakest
B. French Music
subject?
C. Music French
D. Commerce Music
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
20 4
 ( e + e ) dx? 1
3x Solution
What is
MA
1 3x 1 3x
A. ex + 3e3x + c B. ex + e +c C. e + 3e3x + c D. e + e +c
3 3
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 5 Which of the following could represent the graph of y = –x2 + bx + 1, where b > 0? 1 Solution

MA

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 6 Which interval gives the range of the function y = 5 + 2 cos 3x? 1 Solution

MA A. [2, 8] B. [3, 7] C. [4, 6] D. [5, 9]


NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 208

20 7 The diagram shows the graph y = f(x), 1 Solution

MA which is made up of line segments and a


semicircle.
12
What is the value of  f (x) dx?
0

A. 24 + 2 B. 24 + 4

C. 30 + 2 D. 30 + 4

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 8 The graph of y = f(x) is shown. 1 Solution

MA
Which of the following inequalities is correct?
A. f’’ (1) < 0 < f’ (1) < f(1)
B. f’’ (1) < 0 < f(1) < f’ (1)
C. 0 < f’’ (1) < f’ (1) < f(1)
D. 0 < f’’ (1) < f(1) < f’ (1)
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 9 Suppose the weight of melons is normally distributed with a mean of  and a 1 Solution

MA standard deviation of  .
A melon has a weight below the lower quartile of the distribution but NOT in the
bottom 10% of the distribution.
Which of the following most accurately represents the region in which the weight of
this melon lies?

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 10 The graph shows two functions y = f(x) and 1 Solution

MA y = g(x).
Define h(x) = f (g(x)).
How many stationary points does y = h(x) have
for 1  x  5?
A. 0 B. 1
C. 2 D. 3

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 209

20 11 There are two tanks on a Solution

MA property, Tank A and Tank B.


Initially, Tank A holds
1000 litres of water and
Tank B is empty.
(a) Tank A begins to lose water 1
at a constant rate of 20
litres per minute.
The volume of water in
Tank A is modelled by
V = 1000 – 20t where V is
the volume in litres and t is
the time in minutes from
when the tank begins to
lose water.
On the grid below, draw the
graph of this model and
label it as Tank A.

(b) Tank B remains empty until t = 15 when water is added to it at a constant rate 2
of 30 litres per minute.
By drawing a line on the grid on the previous page, or otherwise, find the value
of t when the two tanks contain the same volume of water.
(c) Using the graphs drawn, or otherwise, find the value of t (where t > 0) when 1
the total volume of water in the two tanks is 1000 litres.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

20 12 Calculate the sum of the arithmetic series 4 + 10 + 16 + … + 1354. 3 Solution

MA
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 13 
2 Solution
4
MA
 sec
2
Evaluate x dx.
0

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 14 History and Geography are two subjects students may decide to study. Solution

MA For a group of 40 students, the following is known.


• 7 students study neither History nor Geography

• 20 students study History

• 18 students study Geography


(a) A student is chosen at random. By using a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the 2
probability that the student studies both History and Geography.
(b) A student is chosen at random. Given that the student studies Geography, what 1
is the probability that the student does NOT study History?
(c) Two different students are chosen at random, one after the other. What is the 2
probability that the first student studies History and the second student does
NOT study History?
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 210

20 15 Mr Ali, Ms Brown and a group of students were camping Solution

MA at the site located at P.


Mr Ali walked with some of the students on a bearing of Not to
035o for 7 km to location A. scale
Ms Brown, with the rest of the students, walked on a
bearing of 100o for 9 km to location B.
(a) Show that the angle APB is 65o. 1
(b) Find the distance AB. 2

(c) Find the bearing of Ms Brown’s group from Mr Ali’s group. 2


Give your answer correct to the nearest degree.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations
20 16 Sketch the graph of the curve y = –x3 + 3x2 – 1, labelling the stationary points and 4 Solution

MA point of inflection. Do NOT determine the x intercepts of the curve.


NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 17 x 2 Solution

MA
Find 4+x 2
dx.

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 18 (a) Differentiate e2x(2x + 1) 2 Solution

MA
 (x + 1) e 1
2x
(b) Hence, find dx.

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 19 Prove that sec  – cos  = sin  tan  2 Solution

MA
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 20 Kenzo is driving his car along a road while 2 Solution

MA his friend records the velocity of the car,


v(t), in km/h every minute over a 5-minute
period. The table gives the velocity v(t), at
time t hours.
The distance covered by the car over the
5
60
5-minute period is given by  v (t ) dt.
0

Use the trapezoidal rule and the velocity at each of the six time values to find the
approximate distance in kilometres the car has travelled in the 5-minute period.
Give your answer correct to one decimal place,
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 21 Hot tea is poured into a cup. Solution

MA The temperature of tea can be modelled by T = 25 + 70(1.5)–0.4t, where T is the


temperature of the tea, in degrees Celsius, t minutes after it is poured.
(a) What is the temperature of the tea 4 minutes after it has been poured? 1
(b) At what rate is the tea cooling 4 minutes after it has been poured? 2
(c) How long after the tea is poured will it take for its temperature to reach 55 3
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 211

20 22 The diagram shows a regular decagon (ten-sided shape with all 4 Solution

MA sides equal and all interior angles equal).


The decagon has centre O.
The perimeter of the shape is 80 cm.
By considering triangle OAB, calculate the area of the ten-sided
shape.
Give your answer in square centimetres, correct to one decimal
place.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

20 23 A continuous random variable, X, has the following probability density functions. Solution

MA
f(x) =  sin x
0
for 0  x  k
for all other values of k
(a) Find the value of k. 2
(b) Find P(X  1). Give your answer correct to four decimal places. 2

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination


2 2
20 24 The circle x – 6x + y + 4y – 3 = 0 is reflected in the x-axis. 3 Solution

MA
Sketch the reflected circle, showing the coordinates of the centre and the radius.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 25 A landscape gardener wants to build a Solution

MA garden bed in the shape of a rectangle


attached to a quarter-circle.
Let x and y be the dimensions of the
rectangle in metres, as shown in the
diagram.

The garden bed is required to have an area of 36 m2 and to have a perimeter which
is as small as possible. Let P metres be the perimeter of the garden bed.
72
(a) Show that P = 2x + . 3
x
(b) Find the smallest possible perimeter of the garden bed, showing why this is the 4
minimum perimeter.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 26 Tina inherits $60 000 and invests it in an account earning interest at a rate of 0.5% Solution

MA per month. Each month, immediately after the interest has been paid, Tina
withdraws $800.
The amount in the account immediately after nth withdrawal can be determined
using the recurrence relation An = An–1(1.005) – 800, where n = 1, 2, 3, … and
A0 = 60 000.
(a) Use the recurrence relation to find the amount of money in the account 2
immediately after the third withdrawal. *
(b) Calculate the amount of interest earned in the first three months. * 2
(c) Calculate the amount of money in the account immediately after the 94th 3
withdrawal.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2* and Advanced HSC Examinations

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 212

20 27 A cricket is an insect. The male cricket produces a chirping sound. 5 Solution

MA A scientist wants to explore the relationship between the temperature in degrees


Celsius and the number of cricket chirps heard in a 15-second time interval.
Once a day for 20 days, the scientist collects data.
Based on the 20 data points, the scientist provides the information below.
• A box-plot of the temperature data
is shown.

• The mean temperature in the


dataset is 0.525oC below the
median temperature in the
dataset.

• A total of 684 chirps was counted when collecting the 20 data points.

The scientist fits a least-squares regression line using the data (x, y), where x is the
temperature in degrees Celsius and y is the number of chirps heard in a 15-second
time interval. The equation of this line is y = –10.6063 + bx, where b is the slope of
the regression line.
_ _ _
The least-squares regression line passes through the point ( x , y ) where x is the
_
sample mean of the temperature data and y is the sample mean of the chirp data.
Calculate the number of chirps expected in a 15-second interval when the
temperature is 19o Celsius. Give your answer to the nearest whole number.
COMMON QUESTION: NESA 2020 Mathematics Standard 2 and Advanced HSC Examinations

20 28 In a particular country, the hourly rate of pay for adults who work is normally Solution

MA distributed with a mean of $25 and a standard deviation of $5.


(a) Two adults who both work are chosen at random. 3
Find the probability that at least one of them earns between $15 and $30 per
hour.
(b) The number of adults who work is equal to three times the number of adults 2
who do not work.
One adult is chosen at random.
Find the probability that the chosen adult works and earns more than $25 per
hour.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 213

20 29 The diagram shows the graph of y = c ln x, Solution

MA c > 0.
(a) Show that the equation of the tangent to 2
y = c ln x, at x = p, where p > 0 is
c
y= x – c + c ln p.
p
(b) Find the value of c such that the tangent 2
from part (a) has a gradient of 1 and
passes through the origin.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 30 The diagram shows two parabolas y = 4x – x2 Solution

MA and y = ax2, where a > 0.


The two parabolas intersect at the origin, O,
and at A.
4 2
(a) Show that the x-coordinate of A is .
a+1
(b) Find the value of a such that the shaded 4
16
area is .
3

NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

20 31 The population of mice on an isolated island Solution

MA can be modelled by the function


  
m = a sin  t  + b, where t is the time in
 26 
weeks and 0  t  52. The population of mice
reaches a maximum of 35 000 when t = 13
and a minimum of 5000 when t = 39.
The graph of m(t) is shown.

(a) What are the values of a and b? 2


(b) On the same island, the population of cats can be modelled by the function 3
  
c(t) = –80 cos  (t − 10)  + 120.
 26 

Consider the graph of m(t) and the graph of c(t).


Find the values of t, 0  t  52, for which both populations are increasing.
(c) Find the rate of change of the mice population when the cat population reaches 2
a maximum.
NESA 2020 Mathematics Advanced HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 214

2020 NESA Sample Paper Back

MA 1 What type of relation is shown? 1 Solution


Band
SP
2-3

A. Many-to-many B. One-to-many C. One-to-one D. Many-to-one


NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 2 At which point on this curve are 1 Solution
Band
SP the first and second derivatives
2-3
BOTH negative?

A. A
B. B
C. C
D. D

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 3 What is the gradient of any line perpendicular to 3x + 2y = 5? 1 Solution
Band
SP 2 2 3 3
3-4 A. B. – C. D. –
3 3 2 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
2x+3
MA 4 What is the derivative of 5 ? 1 Solution
Band
SP A. 2 × 52x+3 B. (2x + 3) × 5 2x+2
3-4
C. ln 5 × 52x+3 D. ln 5 × 2 × 52x+3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 5 A school collected data related to 1 Solution

SP Band
the reasons given by students for
3-4
arriving late. The Pareto chart
shows the data collected.
19 10
MS What percentage of students gave
2
the reason ‘Train or bus delay’?

A. 6%
B. 15%
C. 30%
D. 92%

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 215

MA 6 What are the values of x for which |3 – 4x| = 4? 1 Solution


Band
SP 7 1 7 1
4-5 A. x = – and x = – B. x = – and x =
4 4 4 4
7 1 7 1
C. x = and x = – D. x = and x =
4 4 4 4
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 7 The diagram shows the graph of a 1 Solution
Band
SP continuous probability density
4-5
function.
Which of the following is the
mode?
A. 0.07 B. 0.6
C. 0.8 D. 3

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 8 The graphs show the future values over 1 Solution
Band
SP time of $P, invested at three different rates
5-6
of compound interest.
Which of the following correctly identifies
each graph?
19 13 A. W: 5% pa, compounding annually
MS X: 10% pa, compounding annually
2
Y: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
B. W: 5% pa, compounding annually
X: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
Y: 10% pa, compounding annually
C. W: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
X: 10% pa, compounding annually
Y: 5% pa, compounding annually
D. W: 10% pa, compounding annually
X: 10% pa, compounding quarterly
Y: 5% pa, compounding annually
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 9 The scores on an examination are normally distributed with a mean of 70 and a 1 Solution
Band
SP standard deviation of 6. Michael received a score on the examination between
5-6
the lower quartile and the upper quartile of he scores.
Which shaded region most accurately represents where Michael’s score lies?
19 15 A. B.
MS
2

C. D.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 216

MA 10 dy 1 Solution
Band Given the function y = log7 (x x), which expression is equal to ?
SP dx
5-6
1 1 1 1
A. B. × log7 (x x–1) C. D. log7 x +
x ln7 ln 7 x x ln7 ln 7
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 11 Find the equation of the tangent to the curve f(x) = x3 + 1 at the point (1, 2). 2 Solution

SP Band
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
2-4
MA 12 The diagram shows a triangle with sides of length 3 Solution
Band
SP x cm, 11 cm and 13 cm and an angle of 80o.
2-4

Use the cosine rule to calculate the value of x,


19 17 correct to two significant figures.
MS
2

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination
MA 13 A credit card requires a four-figure personal identification number (PIN) for Solution
Band
SP purchases. The figures are chosen from the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 9.
2-4
Repetition is allowed and the PIN can start with any of the 10 digits.
The credit card is lost and the finder tries to guess the PIN by entering four digits.
(a) What is the probability that the four digits entered are the correct PIN? 1
(b) What is the probability that the finder will guess at least one digit in its 1
correct order?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 14 A function is given by f(x) = 18x – x4. 2 Solution

SP Band
(a) Find the stationary points and determine their nature. 4
2-5
(b) Sketch the curve, labelling the stationary points and axis intercepts. 2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 15 Two teams play a game. 3 Solution

SP Band
There are only two
3-5
possible ways to score
points: hitting the red
target or hitting the blue
target.
Hitting the red target scores R points and hitting the blue target scores B points.
The results of a game are shown.
By forming a pair of simultaneous equations, or otherwise, find the values of R and
B.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 16 Differentiate e sin( x )
. 2 Solution
Band
SQ
3-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 17 2 Solution
Given the function f(x) = x2 + 2 and g(x) = x − 6 , sketch y = f(g(x)) over its
SP Band
natural domain.
4-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 217

MA 18 The diagram shows a continuous Solution


Band
SP function y = f(x) defined in the domain
2-5
[–2, 10].
The function consists of a quarter of a
circle centred at (0, 0) with radius 2,
a straight line segment and a
logarithmic function f(x) = ln (x – 2) in
the domain [3, 10].
(a) Find the exact area bounded by the 2
function y = f(x) and the x-axis in
the domain [–2, 3].
10 10
(b) Hence, find the exact value of  ln(x − 2) dx, given that  f (x) dx = 8 ln 8 – 10 – . 2
3 −2
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 19 A discrete random variable X has the 3 Solution
Band
SP probability distribution table shown.
3-6
By finding the value of m, calculate the
expected value and the variance of X.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 20 A student was asked to differentiate f(x) = x2 + 4x from first principles. 2 Solution
Band
SP The student began the solution as shown below.
3-5
Complete the solution.
f (x + h) − f (x )
f ’(x) = lim
h→ 0 h
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 21 The diagram shows the distances of four towns 3 Solution

SP Band
A, B, C and D from point O.
3-5
The true bearings of towns A, B and D from point
O are also shown.
The area of the acute-angled triangle BOC is
198 cm2.
Calculate the true bearing of town C from point O,
correct to the nearest degree.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)


MA 22 A small business makes and sells bird Solution

SP Band
houses. Technology was used to draw
2-5
straight-line graphs to represent the cost
of making bird houses (C) and the revenue
19 36 from selling bird house (R). The x-axis
MS displays the number of bird houses and the
2
y-axis displays the cost/revenue in dollars.
(a) How many bird houses need to be sold 1
to break even?
(b) By first forming equations for cost (C) 3
and revenue (R), determine how many
bird houses need to be sold to earn a
profit of $1900.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 218
3
MA 23 The function f(x) = tan x is given. 2 Solution
Band
SP If f’(x) = 3 tanm x + 3 tan2 x, find the value of m.
3-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 24 The function f(x) = |x| is transformed and the 2 Solution
Band
SP equation of the new function is of the form
3-5
y = kf(x + b) + c, where k, b and c are constants.

The graph of the new function is shown.

What are the values of k, b and c?

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 25 A circle is given by the equation x2 + y2 + 4x – 10y = –16. 2 Solution

SP Band
Find the centre and radius of this circle.
3-5
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 26 By drawing graphs on 3 Solution
Band
SP the number plane,
3-6
determine how many
solutions there are to
x
the equation sin x =
5
in the domain ( − ,  ).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 27 The function f(x) = cos x is transformed to g(x) = 3 cos 2x. 2 Solution

SP Band
Describe in words how both the amplitude and period change in this transformation.
2-3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 28 The graph of a function 2 Solution

SP Band
f(x) is shown.
3-4

It has an asymptote at
y = 2.

Using interval notation,


state the domain and
range of f(x).

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 219

MA 29 Let X denote a normal Solution


Band
SP random variable with mean
3-5
0 and standard deviation 1.
The random variable X has a
probability density function
x2
1 −
f(x) = e 2
, where
2
− < x <  .
The diagram shows the
graph of y = f(x).

(a) Complete the table of 1


values for the function
X=x 0 1 2 3
given. f(x) 0.3989 0.242 0.004432
Give your answer correct
to four significant figures.
(b) Using the trapezoidal rule and the 4 function values in the table in part (a), 2
3
show that P(–3  X  3) =  f (x) dx  0.9953.
−3
(c) The IQ (Intelligence Quotient) scores for a large population are normally 2
distributed with a mean of 100 and a standard deviation of 15.
Using the result obtained in part (b), calculate the probability of randomly
selecting a person with an IQ score above 145 from this large population.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 30 The population, P, of rabbits on an island is given by P(t), where t is the time in 3 Solution
Band
SP years after the rabbits were introduced.
3-5
dP
The rabbit population changes at a rate modelled by the function = 30e1.25t.
dt
Calculate the increase in the number of rabbits at the end of the first 10 years.
Give your answer correct to two significant figures.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 31 A bid made at an auction for a real estate property, in millions of dollars, can be Solution

SP Band
modelled by the random variable X with the probability density function
3-6
f(x) = 
k(16 − x2 ) 1  x  4
elsewhere
0
1
(a) Show that the value of k is . 2
27
(b) Find the cumulative distribution function. 2
(c) Find the probability that a bid of more than 3 million dollars will be made. 1
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 220

MA 32 A farmer wishes to make a rectangular 3 Solution

SP Band
enclosure of area 720 m2. She uses an
2-5
existing straight boundary as one side of
16 14 the enclosure. She uses wire fencing for
M c the remaining three sides and also to
divide the enclosure into four equal
rectangular areas of width x m as shown.
720
The total length,  m, of the wire fencing is given by  = 5x + .
x
(Do NOT prove this.)
Find the minimum length of wire fencing required, showing why this is the
minimum length.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2016 Mathematics HSC Examination
MA 33 A particle is moving along the x-axis. 2 Solution
Band
SP The graph shows its velocity v metres per
4-6
second at time t seconds.

When t = 0 the displacement x is equal to


2 metres.

On the axes draw a graph that shows the


particle’s displacement, x metres from the origin,
at a time t seconds between t = 0 and t = 4.
Label the coordinates of the endpoints of your
graph.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 34 The table shows the future values of an 3 Solution
Band
SP annuity of $1 for different interest rates
2-5
for 4, 5 and 6 years. The contributions
are made at the end of each year.
19 42
MS An annuity account is opened and
2 contributions of $2000 are made at the
end of each year for 7 years.
For the first 6 years, the interest rate is 4% per annum, compounded annually.
For the 7th year, the interest rate increases to 5% per annum, compounded
annually.
Calculate the amount in the account immediately after the 7th contribution is made.
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
NESA 2019 Mathematics Standard 2 HSC Examination

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW
Mathematics Advanced Higher School Certificate Examinations by Topics compiled by projectmaths.com.au page 221

MA 35 The diagram shows the curves y = sin x 4 Solution


Band
SP and y = 3 cos x.
3-6

Find the area of the shaded region.

NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)


MA 36 An island initially has 16 100 trees. The number of trees increases by 1% per Solution
Band
SP annum. The people on the island cut down 1161 trees at the end of each years.
2-6
(a) Show that after the first year there are 15 100 trees. 1
(b) Show that at the end of 2 years the number of trees remaining is given by the 2
expression T2 = 16 100 × (1.01)2 – 1161(1 + 1.01).
(c) Show that at the end of n years the number of trees remaining is given by the 2
expression Tn = 116 100 – 100 000 × (1.01)n .
(d) For how many years will the people on the island be able to cut down 1
1161 trees annually?
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample Examination Paper (2020)
MA 37 A set of bivariate data is Solution
Band
SP collected by measuring
2-5
the height and recording
the shoe size of nine
basketball players.
The collected data is
shown in the table and
graphed in the scatterplot
shown.
(a) Determine the 1
equation of the least-
squares regression
line for this data.
(b) A player with a shoe 1
size of 11 was absent
when the data was
collected.
Calculate the predicted height for the missing basketball player using your
answer to part (a).
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)
MA 38 A cable is freely suspended Solution
Band
SP between two 10 m poles, as
3-6
shown. The poles are 100 m apart
and the minimum height of the
cable is 8 metres.
The height of the cable is given as
y = c(ekx + e–kx), where c and k
are positive constants.
(a) Show that the value of c is 4. 1
ln 2
(b) Use the result in part (a) to show that one value of k is . 4
50
(c) Hence find the area between the poles, the cable and the ground. 3
NESA Mathematics Advanced Sample HSC Examination Paper (2020)

HSC exam papers © NSW Education Standards Authority for and on behalf of the Crown in right of State of NSW

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy